CA2774916A1 - New maytansinoids and the use of said maytansinoids to prepare conjugates with an antibody - Google Patents
New maytansinoids and the use of said maytansinoids to prepare conjugates with an antibody Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2774916A1 CA2774916A1 CA2774916A CA2774916A CA2774916A1 CA 2774916 A1 CA2774916 A1 CA 2774916A1 CA 2774916 A CA2774916 A CA 2774916A CA 2774916 A CA2774916 A CA 2774916A CA 2774916 A1 CA2774916 A1 CA 2774916A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- ethoxy
- conjugate
- antibody
- epsilon
- group
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 47
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 125000006272 (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 3
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 49
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 102000051096 EphA2 Receptor Human genes 0.000 claims description 19
- 108010055196 EphA2 Receptor Proteins 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000011026 diafiltration Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims 6
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 7
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 3
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 97
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 69
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 30
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 30
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 27
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 150000002148 esters Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- 238000003760 magnetic stirring Methods 0.000 description 25
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 22
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 21
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 21
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 20
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 20
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 18
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 16
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 238000004896 high resolution mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 15
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 12
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000009295 crossflow filtration Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 10
- NKUZQMZWTZAPSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 2-bromoacetate Chemical compound BrCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NKUZQMZWTZAPSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 9
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- ONDSBJMLAHVLMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyldiazomethane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)[CH-][N+]#N ONDSBJMLAHVLMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic acid Substances CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 7
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QAEDZJGFFMLHHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)OC(=O)C(F)(F)F QAEDZJGFFMLHHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 6
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 5
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-OYDXRQHMSA-N 1-[(2r,4s,5s)-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H]([14CH2]O)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-OYDXRQHMSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimido[1,2-a]azepine Chemical compound C1CCCCN2CCCN=C21 GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- -1 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- DKUZHSDZSMQOGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound NCCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(O)=O DKUZHSDZSMQOGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NZBRMALQFVYQRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-[2-(4-bromobut-2-enoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCC=CCBr NZBRMALQFVYQRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 4
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 4
- QWPXBEHQFHACTK-KZVYIGENSA-N (10e,12e)-86-chloro-12,14,4-trihydroxy-85,14-dimethoxy-33,2,7,10-tetramethyl-15,16-dihydro-14h-7-aza-1(6,4)-oxazina-3(2,3)-oxirana-8(1,3)-benzenacyclotetradecaphane-10,12-dien-6-one Chemical compound CN1C(=O)CC(O)C2(C)OC2C(C)C(OC(=O)N2)CC2(O)C(OC)\C=C\C=C(C)\CC2=CC(OC)=C(Cl)C1=C2 QWPXBEHQFHACTK-KZVYIGENSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101000841411 Homo sapiens Protein ecdysoneless homolog Proteins 0.000 description 3
- QWPXBEHQFHACTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maytansinol Natural products CN1C(=O)CC(O)C2(C)OC2C(C)C(OC(=O)N2)CC2(O)C(OC)C=CC=C(C)CC2=CC(OC)=C(Cl)C1=C2 QWPXBEHQFHACTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100029090 Protein ecdysoneless homolog Human genes 0.000 description 3
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000611 antibody drug conjugate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000022811 deglycosylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003880 polar aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 3
- BONNYNBXMCRXBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[(2-bromoacetyl)amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound BrCC(=O)NCCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O BONNYNBXMCRXBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FMIYQKIKPRSIGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(3-bromopropanoylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound BrCCC(=O)NCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O FMIYQKIKPRSIGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Substances CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NVNPCETYZYDTLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-(methylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound CNCCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(O)=O NVNPCETYZYDTLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SZYFMMNWNDIBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[methyl-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N(C)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(O)=O SZYFMMNWNDIBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WSWPUIFOGNMUKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N BrCC=CCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O Chemical compound BrCC=CCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O WSWPUIFOGNMUKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GKQLYSROISKDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N EEDQ Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C(=O)OCC)C(OCC)C=CC2=C1 GKQLYSROISKDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091008815 Eph receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011579 SCID mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012382 advanced drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940049595 antibody-drug conjugate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000035196 congenital hypomyelinating 2 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001945 cysteines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N diethyl azodicarboxylate Substances CCOC(=O)\N=N\C(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010829 isocratic elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- DSNJEFFJPSLEAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[2-[2-[2-(4-bromobut-2-enoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCC=CCBr DSNJEFFJPSLEAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RSPUCDHRULIVAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-(methylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound CNCCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(=O)OC RSPUCDHRULIVAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTKBBIVMGUFGJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCNC(=O)C(F)(F)F XTKBBIVMGUFGJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JBBKKJWLBJIRMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[(2-bromoacetyl)amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCNC(=O)CBr JBBKKJWLBJIRMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKGJYEOOSSHLPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[(2-bromoacetyl)amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCNC(=O)CBr OKGJYEOOSSHLPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IADXKDSSQHERAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[methyl-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCN(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C IADXKDSSQHERAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000017066 negative regulation of growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004965 peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 201000005825 prostate adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000025 triisopropylsilyl group Chemical group C(C)(C)[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)* 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- YIOVDOKPDMVMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[(2-bromoacetyl)-methylamino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound BrCC(=O)N(C)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O YIOVDOKPDMVMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSRYGQJQNPJNKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[3-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)propanoylamino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCNC(=O)CCN1C(=O)C=CC1=O XSRYGQJQNPJNKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- NRKYWOKHZRQRJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide Chemical class NC(=O)C(F)(F)F NRKYWOKHZRQRJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APHFXDBDLKPMTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-decanoyl-4,5,7-trihydroxynaphthalen-2-yl)acetic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(=O)c1c(CC(O)=O)cc2cc(O)cc(O)c2c1O APHFXDBDLKPMTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEIYIPDFZMLJQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(O)=O YEIYIPDFZMLJQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLKOHZCQTVYVDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound NCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCC(O)=O YLKOHZCQTVYVDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010069754 Acquired gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000050554 Eph Family Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100024405 GPI-linked NAD(P)(+)-arginine ADP-ribosyltransferase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000005744 Glycoside Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010031186 Glycoside Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000981252 Homo sapiens GPI-linked NAD(P)(+)-arginine ADP-ribosyltransferase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isobutene Chemical group CC(C)=C VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930126263 Maytansine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001441512 Maytenus serrata Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100370002 Mus musculus Tnfsf14 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000920340 Pion Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005377 adsorption chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009824 affinity maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- NDAUXUAQIAJITI-UHFFFAOYSA-N albuterol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(CO)=C1 NDAUXUAQIAJITI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012436 analytical size exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035578 autophosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010037444 diisopropylglutathione ester Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000396 dipotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019797 dipotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- WBJINCZRORDGAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl formate Chemical compound CCOC=O WBJINCZRORDGAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)N=NC(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004222 ferrous gluconate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052588 hydroxylapatite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WKPWGQKGSOKKOO-RSFHAFMBSA-N maytansine Chemical compound CO[C@@H]([C@@]1(O)C[C@](OC(=O)N1)([C@H]([C@@H]1O[C@@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](C)N(C)C(C)=O)CC(=O)N1C)C)[H])\C=C\C=C(C)\CC2=CC(OC)=C(Cl)C1=C2 WKPWGQKGSOKKOO-RSFHAFMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N melphalan Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001924 melphalan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037819 metastatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011575 metastatic malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OCWIIUXGHAORRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[(2-bromoacetyl)-methylamino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCN(C)C(=O)CBr OCWIIUXGHAORRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125645 monoclonal antibody drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D pentacalcium;hydroxide;triphosphate Chemical compound [OH-].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D 0.000 description 1
- 125000003538 pentan-3-yl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008057 potassium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037439 somatic mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N taxane Chemical class C([C@]1(C)CCC[C@@H](C)[C@H]1C1)C[C@H]2[C@H](C)CC[C@@H]1C2(C)C DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCDCGWNGIROULA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 3-[2-[2-[2-(4-bromobut-2-enoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCC=CCBr ZCDCGWNGIROULA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D498/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
- C07D498/18—Bridged systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
- A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
- A61K31/5383—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
- A61K47/68033—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug being a maytansine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
- A61K47/6849—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a receptor, a cell surface antigen or a cell surface determinant
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
Abstract
The invention relates to a compound of formula (I): wherein : ALK is a (C1-C6)alkylene group; X1 et X2 are each independently one of the following groups : -CH=CH-, -CO-, -CONR-, - NRCO-. -COO-. -OCO-. -OCONR-. -NRCOO-. -NRCONR'-. -NR-. -S(O)n (n=0,1 or 2) or O-; R and R' are independently H or a (C1-C6)alkyl group; I is an integer of from 1 to 40, preferably from 1 to 20, and more preferably from 1 to 10; j is an integer corresponding to 1 when X2 is -CH=CH- and 2 when X2 is not -CH=CH-; Zb is a simple bond, -O- or -NH- and Rb is H or a (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or (C3-C7)heterocycloalkyl group; or Zb is a single bond and Rb is Hal. The invention relates to the use of said maytansinoids to prepare conjugates with an antibody having an affinity for tumor cells.
Description
NEW MAYTANSINOIDS AND THE USE OF SAID MAYTANSINOIDS
TO PREPARE CONJUGATES WITH AN ANTIBODY
[FIELD OF THE INVENTION1 The invention relates to new maytansinoids and the use of said maytansinoids to prepare conjugates with an antibody. The invention also relates to the compositions comprising said maytansinoids and said conjugates.
[BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION1 Many articles have appeared on the attempted specific targeting of tumor cells with monoclonal antibody-drug conjugates (Sela et al, in Immunoconjugates 189-216 (C. Vogel, ed. 1987); Ghose et al, in Targeted Drugs 1-22 (E. Goldberg, ed. 1983); Diener et al, in Antibody mediated delivery systems 1-23 (J. Rodwell, ed. 1988); Pietersz et al, in Antibody mediated delivery systems 25-53 (J. Rodwell, ed. 1988); Bumol et al, in Antibody mediated delivery systems 55-79 (J. Rodwell, ed.
1988). See alo : Monneret C., et al., Bulletin du Cancer 2000, 87(11), 829-38 ; Ricart A.D., et al., Nature Clinical Practice Oncology 2007, 4, 245-255 ; Singh R. et Rickson H.K., Therapeutic Antibodies : Methods and Protocols, 2009, 525, 445-467. Different families of cytotoxic agents like taxane derivatives (WO 06061258), leptomycine derivatives (WO 07144709), CC-1065 and analogues (WO 2007102069) or like methotrexate, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, vincristine, vinblastine, melphalan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil have been used for the conjugation with antibodies.
The use of a targeting antibody having an affinity for the tumor cells makes it possible to deliver the cytotoxic agent directly in the vicinity or directly in the tumor cell, thus increasing the efficiency of the cytotoxic agent while minimizing the side-effects commonly associated with the cytotoxic agents.
Maytansinoids are cytotoxic agents that are derived from maytansin which is a natural product isolated from the cast African shrub Maytenus serrata (US 3896111). Many maytansinoids have been prepared : see US 4151042 ; J.Med.Chem. 1978, 21, 31-37 ; Nature 1977, 270, 721-722, Chem.Pharm.Bull. 1984, 3441-3451 ; US 4248870; US 4137230; Chem.Bull. 1984, 3441.
[PRIOR ART1 US 5,208,020, US 5,416,064, and R.V.J. Chari, 31 Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 89-104 (1998) describe conjugates of maytansinoids like L-DM1 (A) or L-DM4 (A') :
TO PREPARE CONJUGATES WITH AN ANTIBODY
[FIELD OF THE INVENTION1 The invention relates to new maytansinoids and the use of said maytansinoids to prepare conjugates with an antibody. The invention also relates to the compositions comprising said maytansinoids and said conjugates.
[BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION1 Many articles have appeared on the attempted specific targeting of tumor cells with monoclonal antibody-drug conjugates (Sela et al, in Immunoconjugates 189-216 (C. Vogel, ed. 1987); Ghose et al, in Targeted Drugs 1-22 (E. Goldberg, ed. 1983); Diener et al, in Antibody mediated delivery systems 1-23 (J. Rodwell, ed. 1988); Pietersz et al, in Antibody mediated delivery systems 25-53 (J. Rodwell, ed. 1988); Bumol et al, in Antibody mediated delivery systems 55-79 (J. Rodwell, ed.
1988). See alo : Monneret C., et al., Bulletin du Cancer 2000, 87(11), 829-38 ; Ricart A.D., et al., Nature Clinical Practice Oncology 2007, 4, 245-255 ; Singh R. et Rickson H.K., Therapeutic Antibodies : Methods and Protocols, 2009, 525, 445-467. Different families of cytotoxic agents like taxane derivatives (WO 06061258), leptomycine derivatives (WO 07144709), CC-1065 and analogues (WO 2007102069) or like methotrexate, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, vincristine, vinblastine, melphalan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil have been used for the conjugation with antibodies.
The use of a targeting antibody having an affinity for the tumor cells makes it possible to deliver the cytotoxic agent directly in the vicinity or directly in the tumor cell, thus increasing the efficiency of the cytotoxic agent while minimizing the side-effects commonly associated with the cytotoxic agents.
Maytansinoids are cytotoxic agents that are derived from maytansin which is a natural product isolated from the cast African shrub Maytenus serrata (US 3896111). Many maytansinoids have been prepared : see US 4151042 ; J.Med.Chem. 1978, 21, 31-37 ; Nature 1977, 270, 721-722, Chem.Pharm.Bull. 1984, 3441-3451 ; US 4248870; US 4137230; Chem.Bull. 1984, 3441.
[PRIOR ART1 US 5,208,020, US 5,416,064, and R.V.J. Chari, 31 Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 89-104 (1998) describe conjugates of maytansinoids like L-DM1 (A) or L-DM4 (A') :
SH SH
O N O O~ O
O H O H
O N /O N
OH I %%H
O O
N~O N-O
H H
/O OH (A) /O OH (A') Conjugates of maytansinoids are described in EP 0425235 and WO 2004/103272. In EP
0425235 the following maytansinoids of formulas (B1), (B2) or (B3) are described ~H3 O -7 CH3 0 ,~ ~x 6` S L-0 GH-GH-H;,), 7-1 (B1) (B2) CH, z C1{3 ay (B3) wherein Z0, Z1 ou Z2 represent H or SR.
O
/~I Y, 7 ~ 4 NH `O
In WO 2004/103272, maytansinoids of formula (C) are described : Moo OH (C) wherein Y' represents (CR7CR8),(CR9=CR10)pC=CgAr(CR5CR6)mDu(CR11=CR12)r(C=C).Bt(CR3CR4)õCRIR2SZ
wherein A, B et D represent an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group.
In WO 03/068144, compounds of formula (D) are described z/ S\Q ~ O/ (CH2)x O'-,,Y
n 0 wherein Z is a cytotoxic agent and Q is R2COO, R2R3NCOO, R2000O, R20, R2CONR3, R2R3N, R2000NR3 or S. R2 is SCR4R5R6. Z may be a maytansinoid derivative chosen among the following ones :
O N O O~ O
O H O H
O N /O N
OH I %%H
O O
N~O N-O
H H
/O OH (A) /O OH (A') Conjugates of maytansinoids are described in EP 0425235 and WO 2004/103272. In EP
0425235 the following maytansinoids of formulas (B1), (B2) or (B3) are described ~H3 O -7 CH3 0 ,~ ~x 6` S L-0 GH-GH-H;,), 7-1 (B1) (B2) CH, z C1{3 ay (B3) wherein Z0, Z1 ou Z2 represent H or SR.
O
/~I Y, 7 ~ 4 NH `O
In WO 2004/103272, maytansinoids of formula (C) are described : Moo OH (C) wherein Y' represents (CR7CR8),(CR9=CR10)pC=CgAr(CR5CR6)mDu(CR11=CR12)r(C=C).Bt(CR3CR4)õCRIR2SZ
wherein A, B et D represent an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl group.
In WO 03/068144, compounds of formula (D) are described z/ S\Q ~ O/ (CH2)x O'-,,Y
n 0 wherein Z is a cytotoxic agent and Q is R2COO, R2R3NCOO, R2000O, R20, R2CONR3, R2R3N, R2000NR3 or S. R2 is SCR4R5R6. Z may be a maytansinoid derivative chosen among the following ones :
N (CH2)n S
(CHy)IS Q~, ' CIi--CH-(CHZ),S Q
(CHy)IS Q~, ' CIi--CH-(CHZ),S Q
4 ?
may may may O N'1'(CH2)IS (H7.)o D
YO \ O O I O\" \"N~K`(CHaygCi-1, X30 N 0 Yo \ O Q
X'O. N '~
NHQ
MeO N
Meo More specifically, the following compounds (D) are disclosed S-S-CHiCHi (OCHiCH2)Q000H
S-S-CHiCHi (OCHiCHi)QCO O-N
O`\ 1 O CAS N 581066-03-7 O
CI O O O`H CI 0aH
Me0 N aMeO N ,0 aH H
O
OMe OH OMe OH
may may may O N'1'(CH2)IS (H7.)o D
YO \ O O I O\" \"N~K`(CHaygCi-1, X30 N 0 Yo \ O Q
X'O. N '~
NHQ
MeO N
Meo More specifically, the following compounds (D) are disclosed S-S-CHiCHi (OCHiCH2)Q000H
S-S-CHiCHi (OCHiCHi)QCO O-N
O`\ 1 O CAS N 581066-03-7 O
CI O O O`H CI 0aH
Me0 N aMeO N ,0 aH H
O
OMe OH OMe OH
5 (D1) (D2) Compounds (D) thus contain an internal disulfide bond in the pegylated linker.
On December 8(h 2008, Immunogen Inc. disclosed also at the European Antibody Congress in Geneva conjugates of formula (E) hI JK111, May (E) and at the 20th symposium EORTC-NCI-AACR having taken place in october 2008 in Geneva conjugates of formula (E') :~ t+
IF
a G _Ma1:-DM1:
(non-reducible linker) fio [Invention]
Definitions = "Alkyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having 1 to carbon atoms in the chain or cyclic having 3 to 10 carbon atom. Preferred alkyl groups have 1 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain. Exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, 3-pentyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl ;
= "Cycloalkyl" means a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atom.
Preferred cycloalkyl groups have 3 to 8 carbon atoms in the cyclic chain.
Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl ;
= "Aryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic hydrocarbon ring system of 6 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably of 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Exemplary aryl groups include phenyl or naphthyl.
= "Heteroaryl" means an unsaturated stable 3 to 14, preferably 5 to 10 membered mono, bi or multicyclic ring wherein at least one member of the ring is a hetero atom.
Typically, the heteroatom is, but is not limited to, an oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium or phosphorus atom. Preferably the heteroatom is an oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur atom. Exemplary heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrimidinyl, and triazolyl ;
= "Heterocycloalkyl" means an cycloalkyl group containing at least one heteroatom wherein at least one member of the ring is a hetero atom ;
= "Alkoxy" means an -0-alkyl group where alkyl is defined as above ;
= "Alkoyloxy" means an -0-CO-alkyl group where alkyl is defined as above ;
= "Alkylene" means an alkyl group of general formula -CmH2m- formed from a straight or branched alkane by removal of two hydrogen atoms. Exemplary alkylene groups include methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), butylene (-Me Me CH2CH2CH2CH2-), isobutylene (~ ), hexylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-). A straight alkylene group can be specifically represented by the formula -(CH2)m , where m is an integer of from 1 to 20 ;
= "EphA2 receptor" refers to a tyrosine kinase belonging to the Eph receptors family (reviewed in Pasquale, E. B. et al., 2005, Nature Reviews Mol. Cell Biol., 6, 462-475), and comprising, for example, an amino sequence as in Genbank accession Nos NM_004431 (human EphA2), NM_010139 (murine EphA2), or NXM_345596 (rat EphA2). Human EphA2 is a preferred EphA2 receptor. The term "EphA2 ligand" as used herein refers to a protein that binds to, and optionally activates (e.g. stimulates the autophosphorylation of), an EphA2 receptor. A
preferred EphA2 ligand herein is "ephrinAl ", which binds to the EphA2 receptor and comprises, for example, an amino sequence as in Genbank accession NM_004428 (human ephrinAl) ;
= "polyclonal antibody" is an antibody which was produced among or in the presence of one or more other, non-identical antibodies. In general, polyclonal antibodies are produced from a B-lymphocyte in the presence of several other B-lymphocytes producing non-identical antibodies.
Usually, polyclonal antibodies are obtained directly from an immunized animal ;
= "monoclonal antibody" is an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e. the antibodies forming this population are essentially identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations which might be present in minor amounts.
These antibodies are directed against a single epitope and are therefore highly specific ;
= "naked antibody" is an antibody which is not conjugated to a maytansinoid ;
= "epitope" is the site on the antigen to which an antibody binds. It can be formed by contiguous 5 residues or by non-contiguous residues brought into close proximity by the folding of an antigenic protein. Epitopes formed by contiguous amino acids are typically retained on exposure to denaturing solvents, whereas epitopes formed by non-contiguous amino acids are typically lost under said exposure.
[Figures]
Fig.1 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.1 Fig.2 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.2 ;
Fig.3 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.3 ;
Fig.4 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.4 ;
Fig.5 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.5 ;
Fig.6A-6C : sequences ;
Fig.7 : PK parameters for hu2H11 R35R74 conjugate at various DARs : Bar graph representation of the exposure to (AUC(0-inf); left) and clearance (CI; right) of several conjugates as a function of the DAR after a single dose intravenous administration of 20 mg/kg of the conjugate in HGS to male CD-1 mice (n=4). on the graphs, 2H11-DM4 (bottom), refers to hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate.
These figures show that for each conjugate, there exists a distribution of conjugates bearing from 0 to 10 maytansinoid(s) (Do : no maytansinoid ; DX : x maytansinoids).
New maytansinoids The invention is related to a compound of formula (I) A LK-X7 ALK-XZ (CH 2)j(OCHZCH2);-C(=0)ZbRb ~~ O
H
O
*~HH
w herein :
= ALK is a (C1-C6)alkylene group ;
= X1 et X2 are each independently one of the following groups : -CH=CH-, -CO-, -CONR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCONR-, -NRCOO-, -NRCONR'-, -NR-, -S(O)n (n=0,1 or 2) or-O-;
On December 8(h 2008, Immunogen Inc. disclosed also at the European Antibody Congress in Geneva conjugates of formula (E) hI JK111, May (E) and at the 20th symposium EORTC-NCI-AACR having taken place in october 2008 in Geneva conjugates of formula (E') :~ t+
IF
a G _Ma1:-DM1:
(non-reducible linker) fio [Invention]
Definitions = "Alkyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having 1 to carbon atoms in the chain or cyclic having 3 to 10 carbon atom. Preferred alkyl groups have 1 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain. Exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, 3-pentyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl ;
= "Cycloalkyl" means a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atom.
Preferred cycloalkyl groups have 3 to 8 carbon atoms in the cyclic chain.
Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl ;
= "Aryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic hydrocarbon ring system of 6 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably of 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Exemplary aryl groups include phenyl or naphthyl.
= "Heteroaryl" means an unsaturated stable 3 to 14, preferably 5 to 10 membered mono, bi or multicyclic ring wherein at least one member of the ring is a hetero atom.
Typically, the heteroatom is, but is not limited to, an oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium or phosphorus atom. Preferably the heteroatom is an oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur atom. Exemplary heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrimidinyl, and triazolyl ;
= "Heterocycloalkyl" means an cycloalkyl group containing at least one heteroatom wherein at least one member of the ring is a hetero atom ;
= "Alkoxy" means an -0-alkyl group where alkyl is defined as above ;
= "Alkoyloxy" means an -0-CO-alkyl group where alkyl is defined as above ;
= "Alkylene" means an alkyl group of general formula -CmH2m- formed from a straight or branched alkane by removal of two hydrogen atoms. Exemplary alkylene groups include methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), butylene (-Me Me CH2CH2CH2CH2-), isobutylene (~ ), hexylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-). A straight alkylene group can be specifically represented by the formula -(CH2)m , where m is an integer of from 1 to 20 ;
= "EphA2 receptor" refers to a tyrosine kinase belonging to the Eph receptors family (reviewed in Pasquale, E. B. et al., 2005, Nature Reviews Mol. Cell Biol., 6, 462-475), and comprising, for example, an amino sequence as in Genbank accession Nos NM_004431 (human EphA2), NM_010139 (murine EphA2), or NXM_345596 (rat EphA2). Human EphA2 is a preferred EphA2 receptor. The term "EphA2 ligand" as used herein refers to a protein that binds to, and optionally activates (e.g. stimulates the autophosphorylation of), an EphA2 receptor. A
preferred EphA2 ligand herein is "ephrinAl ", which binds to the EphA2 receptor and comprises, for example, an amino sequence as in Genbank accession NM_004428 (human ephrinAl) ;
= "polyclonal antibody" is an antibody which was produced among or in the presence of one or more other, non-identical antibodies. In general, polyclonal antibodies are produced from a B-lymphocyte in the presence of several other B-lymphocytes producing non-identical antibodies.
Usually, polyclonal antibodies are obtained directly from an immunized animal ;
= "monoclonal antibody" is an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e. the antibodies forming this population are essentially identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations which might be present in minor amounts.
These antibodies are directed against a single epitope and are therefore highly specific ;
= "naked antibody" is an antibody which is not conjugated to a maytansinoid ;
= "epitope" is the site on the antigen to which an antibody binds. It can be formed by contiguous 5 residues or by non-contiguous residues brought into close proximity by the folding of an antigenic protein. Epitopes formed by contiguous amino acids are typically retained on exposure to denaturing solvents, whereas epitopes formed by non-contiguous amino acids are typically lost under said exposure.
[Figures]
Fig.1 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.1 Fig.2 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.2 ;
Fig.3 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.3 ;
Fig.4 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.4 ;
Fig.5 : HRMS spectrum after deconvulation of the deglycosylated conjugate of ex.5 ;
Fig.6A-6C : sequences ;
Fig.7 : PK parameters for hu2H11 R35R74 conjugate at various DARs : Bar graph representation of the exposure to (AUC(0-inf); left) and clearance (CI; right) of several conjugates as a function of the DAR after a single dose intravenous administration of 20 mg/kg of the conjugate in HGS to male CD-1 mice (n=4). on the graphs, 2H11-DM4 (bottom), refers to hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate.
These figures show that for each conjugate, there exists a distribution of conjugates bearing from 0 to 10 maytansinoid(s) (Do : no maytansinoid ; DX : x maytansinoids).
New maytansinoids The invention is related to a compound of formula (I) A LK-X7 ALK-XZ (CH 2)j(OCHZCH2);-C(=0)ZbRb ~~ O
H
O
*~HH
w herein :
= ALK is a (C1-C6)alkylene group ;
= X1 et X2 are each independently one of the following groups : -CH=CH-, -CO-, -CONR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCONR-, -NRCOO-, -NRCONR'-, -NR-, -S(O)n (n=0,1 or 2) or-O-;
= R and R' are independently H or a (C1-C6)alkyl group ;
= i is an integer of from 1 to 40, preferably from 1 to 20, and more preferably from 1 to 10 ;
= j is an integer corresponding to 1 when X2 is -CH=CH- and 2 when X2 is not -CH=CH- ;
= Zb is a simple bond, -0- or -NH- and Rb is H or a (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or (C3-C7)heterocycloalkyl group ; or Zb is a single bond and Rb is Hal.
More particularly, X2 is -CH=CH- or -CONR-, the CO group being linked to the -X1-ALK- group and R being H or a (C1-C6)alkyl group. More particularly, -X1-ALK- is -S-CH2-.
More particularly, i is 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9or10.
One can distinguish the compound of formula (II) ALFAS-CHZ XZ (CH2)j(OCHZCH2)j-C(=O)-ZbRb N
O
O C N 0 O O ,,,H=`'~
.=H
O
N-O
H
OH (II) Formula (II) covers more precisely the following compounds ZbRb Jon O
O O
aH
N
H
S u H^ _L y0`_ /ZbRb O ,JI
O
N 111, O
H
= i is an integer of from 1 to 40, preferably from 1 to 20, and more preferably from 1 to 10 ;
= j is an integer corresponding to 1 when X2 is -CH=CH- and 2 when X2 is not -CH=CH- ;
= Zb is a simple bond, -0- or -NH- and Rb is H or a (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or (C3-C7)heterocycloalkyl group ; or Zb is a single bond and Rb is Hal.
More particularly, X2 is -CH=CH- or -CONR-, the CO group being linked to the -X1-ALK- group and R being H or a (C1-C6)alkyl group. More particularly, -X1-ALK- is -S-CH2-.
More particularly, i is 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9or10.
One can distinguish the compound of formula (II) ALFAS-CHZ XZ (CH2)j(OCHZCH2)j-C(=O)-ZbRb N
O
O C N 0 O O ,,,H=`'~
.=H
O
N-O
H
OH (II) Formula (II) covers more precisely the following compounds ZbRb Jon O
O O
aH
N
H
S u H^ _L y0`_ /ZbRb O ,JI
O
N 111, O
H
S i y0`~/ZbRb Oy O O
CI O O
/O \ N H
O
? NIJIIO
H
SO
\ H^ y0` /ZbRb N _L _ JSTI
Oy1 O
H
O
N-L-O
H
S/- f O, , ZbRb '~IL JI4~
N
O, I O
CI O 4\lO~-H
/O N a%
NO
H
The compounds can exist in the form of a base or a salt or in the form of a solvate or an hydrate of said base or said salt.
The compounds of the invention comprise the reactive chemical group -C(=O)ZbRb (GCR1) which is reactive towards a reactive chemical group (GCR2) that is present on the antibody. The reaction between GCR1 and GCR2 makes it possible to attach through a covalent bond the cytotoxic agent on the antibody. Thus, the compound is apt to be conjugated to the antibody.
More particularly, Zb is 0 ; in such case, GCR1 is an carboxylic acid function (Rb=H) or an ester function. More particularly, -C(=O)ZbRb is -COOH, -COO(C1-C6)alkyl, like -COOCH3, or -COOCH2CH=CH2. Among the ester functions, the o activated ones that present a good reactivity towards the amino groups of the antibody (like the lysine groups) are preferred. For instance the activated esters may be the following ones:
o 0 SO3M -CO-O-NN'N
-COO-N -COO-N M=H or cation \ GI
I -coo 0 , 0 - , or the group wherein GI represent at least one inductive group like -NO2 or -Hal, e.g. -F. Examples of such activated esters are the F F
-CO.O F O /~
-CO-O NOz LN
following ones : or F F . Another -C(=O)ZbRb is : \-,N
GCR2 may for instance be a s-amino group born by lysines on the lateral of lysine residues at the surface of an antibody, a saccharide group of the hinging region or the thiol groups of cysteines after reduction of intrachain S-S bonds (Garnett M.C., et al., Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 2001, 53, 171-216). More recently, new approaches have aimed at introducing cysteines by mutation (Junutula J.R., et al., Nature Biotechnology 2008, 26, 925-932; WO
09026274) or the introduction of non-natural aminoacids making it possible to develop a new type of chemistry of proteins (de Graaf A.J., et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 2009, February 3, 2009 (Review); DOI:
10.1021/bc800294a ; WO 2006/069246 and also Chin J.W., et al., JACS 2002, 124, (technology ReCode )).
The compounds of the invention can be used to prepare a conjugate on which is covalently attached at least one maytansinoid fragment of formula :
X
Cl 1 0 90 H
0 N a= ==,=
H
N
H
/O OH
Thus, the compound of formula (I) can be used to prepare a conjugate wherein the maytansinoid fragment is covalently linked to an antibody.
General scheme to prepare compounds of formula (I) The compounds of formula (I) can be prepared according to Scheme 1 ALK--RG, N
\
O~ 1 O
,=%H
O N ,%%
0 + RGZ ALK-XZ (CHZ)I(OCHZCHZ) -C(=O)-Z,R,- (1) N~1O
H
/O OH
P, PZ
Scheme 1 Intermediate P1 contains a RG1 reactive group that is able to react with the reactive group RG2 attached to the PEG containing intermediate P2 to form X1. For instance, the formation of X1=S
can be made through the reaction of P1 with RG1=-SH and P2 with RG2=-Br by a nucleophilic substitution in the presence of a base like DIEA. An example of this reaction is given in ex.1.2.
Examples of P1 with RG1=-SH are L-DM1 and L-DM4 and also the compounds 11 a, c, d, g of EP
1313738:
L-DM1 : ALK-SH = -CH2CH2-SH ;
L-DM4: ALK-SH = -CH2CH2CMe2-SH;
11 a : ALK-SH = -CH2-SH ;
11 c : ALK-SH = -CH2CH2CH2-SH ;
11d : ALK-SH = -CH2CH2CH2CH2-SH ;
11g : ALK-SH = -CHMe-CH2-SH
Other examples of reactions are given in Table I.
Table I
Entry X1 X2 P2 RG1 RG2 conditions of the reaction nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-1 -S- -CO- acetyl -SH halogen acetyl linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-2 -S- -CONR- amide -SH halogen amide linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
sulfonate- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an activated 2' -S- -CONR- amide -SH activated sulfonate-amide linker (eg mesyl, tosyl, linker sulfonate triflate) in a protic or aprotic polar solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) -S(O)n- halogeno- controlled oxidation of Entry 1 obtained 3 n 1 or 2 -CONR- amide -SH halogen product under mild oxidative conditions linker (oxone, peracid) in aprotic polar solvant nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-4 -S- -NRCO- amide -SH halogen amide linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-5 -S- -COO- ester -SH halogen ester linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-6 -S- -OCO- carbonate -SH halogen carbonate linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions or anic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
OCONR- halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-7 -S- or carbamate -SH halogen carbamate linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions NRCOO- organic, mineral or supported base nucleophilic substitution of P, with RG,= SH
8 -S- - halo eno -SH halogen RCONR'- urea linker (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-urea linker in a protic or aprotic polar solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-9 -S- -NR- amine -SH halogen amine linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
(eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-thio linker in a protic or aprotic polar solvent -S(O)n- under neutral or basic conditions (organic, 10 n-=0S(O)n- n=0,1 or halogener -SH halogen mineral or supported base) eventually ,1 or 2 2 thio linker followed by a controlled oxidation of so obtained product under mild oxidative conditions (oxone, peracid) in aprotic polar solvant nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
Halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-11 -S- -0- ether -SH Halogen ether linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) For some compounds of formula (I), the final desired -ZbRb group may be obtained after at least one transformation of another -ZbRb group after reacting P1 and P2. An example is given on O
-O-N~
5 Scheme 1' with the transformation -ZbRb=-O-allyle 4 -ZbRb=
ALK-Xr ALK-XZ (CH2)i(OCHZCHZ)i-C(=O)-O-CHZ-CH=CHZ
P1 + RGZ ALK-XZ (CHZ)i(OCHZCHZ)i-C(=O)-O-CHZ-CH=CHZ O N
1. base; \ ALK-X7-ALK- )q(CH2)i(OCHZCH2);-C(=O)-OH Ol O
2. acid o, O NHS May \ ALK-XTALK-XZ (CHZ)i(OCHZCHZ)-C(=0)-O-N
l May May Scheme 1' Likewise, at least one transformation may also be used for an intermediate bearing the -ZbRb 10 group, before the reaction between P1 and P2.
Another example is the transformation -ZbRb=-OH 4 -ZbRb=Hal that requires an acylating agent like e.g. SOC12.
preparation of P, P1 can be prepared starting with maytansinol according to Scheme 2 :
cl I 0 OHO ,.H
O N %%%%
.0 H N4 LK-RG1 O + O O P1 N'O
H OZ
O OH
maytansinol Ps Scheme 2 Maytansinol is reacted by an esterification reaction with intermediate P3 which contains a reactive acyl group -COOZ wherein Z is H or an halogen atom. The reaction is described on Fig.3a-d of WO 2004/103272 and also in WO 2007/021674. When Z is H, the esterification can be conducted with the aid of a coupling agent that enhances the reactivity of the acid function.
Preparation of Preparation of P2 Starting materials to prepare P2 are PEG compounds that are commercially available or that can be prepared with said commercially available PEG compounds through at least one chemical reaction known to one skilled in the art. PEG compounds are commercially available for instance by JenKem Technology USA Inc. 2033 W. McDermott Dr. Suite 320 #188, Allen, TX
75013-4675, USA.
For example, the preparation of P2 wherein X2=-CONR- and RG2=Hal (P2= Hal-ALK-CONR-CH2CH2(OCH2CH2)i-COZbRb) is described below with commercially available compounds HOOCCH2CH2(OCH2CH2)i-OCH2CH2NH2 :
R=H
Hal HO" l0 -J O~~NHZ VN -O LO `J O~~"~N" 'ALK
O H
Hal= Br ou I
Ste i : formation of an amide bond and activation of the acid group ; the two steps are carried out separately in a polar aprotic solvent like DCM : reaction of the amine group with an halogenoalkanoic acid N-hydroxysuccinimidine ester (eg halogenoacetate) then addition in situ of a coupling agent like DIC.
RAH
HO LO J~O~~NH2 O O H F F HO LO JiONHR
O
I0 ~[ 1 O Hal VN-O v `O -J~O'-"~N J~ K
K
O
Hal= Br ou I
Step ii : protection of the carboxylic acid in the form of an ester and of the amine in the form of a trifluoroacetamide ; the reaction is carried out in two separate steps in a polar aprotic solvent like DCM : protection of the acid by treatment with trimethylsilyldiazomethane with methanol then protection of the amine by addition of TFAA and TEA ;
Ste NO : alkylation of the amine and alkaline hydrolysis of the ester ; the reaction is carried out in two separate steps in a polar aprotic solvent like THE : alkylation of the amine by treatment with NaH in the presence of a reactant bearing a leaving group like an alkyl halide RHal, and addition of LiOH in water ;
Ste i : following step (iii), the reactions of step (i) where R=H are carried out.
Likewise, the preparation of P2 wherein X2=-CH=CH- and RG2=Hal (P2= Hal-CH2-CH=CH-CH2(OCH2CH2)i-COZbRb) is described below with commercially available compounds Hal-CH2CH=CHCH2(OCH2CH2)i-COOtBu :
Supported DCC
O
TFA, CHzCIz 1-0,-.,- ] 1OH HO` O gr^%~[.0".~111r0,N
I` N o Process of preparation of the conjugates The conjugate can be obtained by a process comprising the steps of:
(i) bringing into contact an optionally-buffered aqueous solution of the antibody with a solution of a compound of formula (I) ;
(ii) then optionally separating the conjugate which was formed in (i) from the unreacted reagents and any aggregate which may be present in the solution.
The aqueous solution of cell-binding agent can be buffered with at least one buffer such as, e.g.
potassium phosphate or N-2-Hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid (Hepes buffer) or a mixture of buffers such as e.g. buffer A disclosed in the examples below. The buffer depends upon the nature of the antibody. The compound of formula (I) is in solution in an organic polar solvent (or a mixture of polar solvents), e.g. DMSO or DMA.
The temperature of the reaction usually varies from 20 to 40 C. The reaction time can vary from 1 to 24 hours. The reaction between the antibody and the cytotoxic agent can be monitored by size exclusion chromatography (SEC) with a refractometric and/or UV detector. If the conjugate yield is too low, the reaction time can be extended and/or the compound of formula (I) can be added.
A number of different chromatography methods can be used by the person skilled in the art in order to perform the separation of step (ii): the conjugate can be purified e.g. by SEC, adsorption chromatography (such as ion exchange chromatography, IEC), hydrophobic interaction chromatograhy (HIC), affinity chromatography, mixed-support chromatography such as hydroxyapatite chromatography, or high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Purification by dialysis or diafiltration can also be used.
An example of a process which can be used is described in the Example I.
As used herein, the term "aggregates" means the associations which can be formed between two or more antibodies, said antibodies being modified or not by conjugation. The aggregates can be formed under the influence of a great number of parameters, such as a high concentration of antibody in the solution, the pH of the solution, high shearing forces, the number of bonded dimers and their hydrophobic character, the temperature (see Wang & Gosh, 2008, J. Membrane Sci., 318: 311-316, and references cited therein) ; note that the relative influence of some of these parameters is not clearly established. In the case of proteins and antibodies, the person skilled in the art will refer to Cromwell et al. (2006, AAPS Journal, 8(3):
E572-E579). The content in aggregates can be determined with techniques well known to the skilled person, such as SEC
(see Walter et al., 1993, Anal. Biochem., 212(2): 469-480).
After step (i) or (ii), the conjugate-containing solution can be submitted to an additional step (iii) of ultrafiltration and/or diafiltration.
The conjugate is recovered at the end of these steps as an aqueous solution.
Antibody The term "antibody" is used herein in the broadest sense and specifically covers monoclonal antibodies (including full length monoclonal antibodies) of any isotype such as IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and antibody fragments. An antibody reactive with a specific antigen can be generated by recombinant methods such as selection of libraries of recombinant antibodies in phage or similar vectors, or by immunizing an animal with the antigen or an antigen-encoding nucleic acid.
A typical antibody is comprised of two identical heavy chains and two identical light chains that are joined by disulfide bonds. Each heavy and light chain contains a constant region and a variable region. As used herein, "VH" or "VH" refers to the variable region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain of an antibody, including the heavy chain of an Fv, scFv, dsFv, Fab, Fab', or F(ab')2 fragment. Reference to "V[" or "VL" refers to the variable region of the immunoglobulin light chain of an antibody, including the light chain of an Fv, scFv, dsFv, Fab, Fab', or F(ab')2 fragment.
Each variable region contains three segments called "complementarity-determining regions"
("CDRs") or "hypervariable regions", which are primarily responsible for binding an epitope of an antigen. They are usually referred to as CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, numbered sequentially from the N-terminus. The more highly conserved portions of the variable regions are called the "framework regions" ("FR"). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, broadly adopting a beta-sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda, MD, 1991).
The antibody (see for more details, Janeway et al. Immunobiology , 5th ed, 2001, Garland Publishing, New York) can be chosen for instance among those mentioned in WO
04043344, WO
08010101, WO 08047242 or WO 05009369 (anti-CA6).
The antibody or fragments thereof that recognize class A Eph receptor family members, such as EphA2 receptor, preferably human, and function as antagonists of said receptor, can also be considered. This antibody is devoid of any agonist activity. The antibody or an epitope-binding fragment thereof can be one described in claims 12-15.
The humanized antibody or epitope-binding fragments thereof preferably have the additional ability to inhibit growth of a cancer cell expressing the EphA2 receptor. The humanized antibody or epitope-binding fragment thereof has preferably the additional ability to inhibit the migration of a metastatic cancer cell expressing the EphA2 receptor.
The humanized antibody can be a humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody, or an epitope-binding fragment thereof. An humanized antibody can be obtained by site-directed mutagenesis of the polynucleotide sequences encoding hu53.2H11 (WO 2008/010101). Preferably, there are provided resurfaced or humanized versions of the 2H11R35R74 antibody wherein surface-exposed residues of the antibody or its fragments are replaced in both light and heavy chains to more closely resemble known human antibody surfaces. The humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody or epitope-binding fragments thereof have improved properties. For example, humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibodies or epitope-binding fragments thereof specifically recognize EphA2 receptor. More preferably, the humanized 2H11R35R74 antibody or epitope-binding fragments thereof have the additional ability to inhibit the growth of an EphA2 receptor-expressing cell.
The humanized versions of the 2H11R35R74 antibody are also fully characterized herein with respect to their respective amino acid sequences of both light and heavy chain variable regions, the DNA sequences of the genes for the light and heavy chain variable regions, the identification of the CDRs, the identification of their surface amino acids, and disclosure of a means for their expression in recombinant form. However, the scope is not limited to antibodies and fragments comprising these sequences. Instead, all antibodies and fragments that specifically bind to EphA2 receptor are also considered. Preferably, the antibodies and fragments that specifically bind to EphA2 receptor antagonize the biological activity of the receptor.
More preferably, such antibodies further are substantially devoid of agonist activity. Thus, antibodies and epitope-5 binding antibody fragments may differ from the 2H11R35R74 antibody or the humanized derivatives thereof, in the amino acid sequences of their scaffold, CDRs, and/or light chain and heavy chain, and still fall within the scope of the present invention.
The CDRs of the 2H11 R35R74 antibody are identified by modeling and their molecular structures 10 have been predicted. Again, while the CDRs are important for epitope recognition, they are not essential to the antibodies and fragments of the invention. Accordingly, antibodies and fragments are provided that have improved properties produced by, for example, affinity maturation of an antibody of the present invention.
CI O O
/O \ N H
O
? NIJIIO
H
SO
\ H^ y0` /ZbRb N _L _ JSTI
Oy1 O
H
O
N-L-O
H
S/- f O, , ZbRb '~IL JI4~
N
O, I O
CI O 4\lO~-H
/O N a%
NO
H
The compounds can exist in the form of a base or a salt or in the form of a solvate or an hydrate of said base or said salt.
The compounds of the invention comprise the reactive chemical group -C(=O)ZbRb (GCR1) which is reactive towards a reactive chemical group (GCR2) that is present on the antibody. The reaction between GCR1 and GCR2 makes it possible to attach through a covalent bond the cytotoxic agent on the antibody. Thus, the compound is apt to be conjugated to the antibody.
More particularly, Zb is 0 ; in such case, GCR1 is an carboxylic acid function (Rb=H) or an ester function. More particularly, -C(=O)ZbRb is -COOH, -COO(C1-C6)alkyl, like -COOCH3, or -COOCH2CH=CH2. Among the ester functions, the o activated ones that present a good reactivity towards the amino groups of the antibody (like the lysine groups) are preferred. For instance the activated esters may be the following ones:
o 0 SO3M -CO-O-NN'N
-COO-N -COO-N M=H or cation \ GI
I -coo 0 , 0 - , or the group wherein GI represent at least one inductive group like -NO2 or -Hal, e.g. -F. Examples of such activated esters are the F F
-CO.O F O /~
-CO-O NOz LN
following ones : or F F . Another -C(=O)ZbRb is : \-,N
GCR2 may for instance be a s-amino group born by lysines on the lateral of lysine residues at the surface of an antibody, a saccharide group of the hinging region or the thiol groups of cysteines after reduction of intrachain S-S bonds (Garnett M.C., et al., Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 2001, 53, 171-216). More recently, new approaches have aimed at introducing cysteines by mutation (Junutula J.R., et al., Nature Biotechnology 2008, 26, 925-932; WO
09026274) or the introduction of non-natural aminoacids making it possible to develop a new type of chemistry of proteins (de Graaf A.J., et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 2009, February 3, 2009 (Review); DOI:
10.1021/bc800294a ; WO 2006/069246 and also Chin J.W., et al., JACS 2002, 124, (technology ReCode )).
The compounds of the invention can be used to prepare a conjugate on which is covalently attached at least one maytansinoid fragment of formula :
X
Cl 1 0 90 H
0 N a= ==,=
H
N
H
/O OH
Thus, the compound of formula (I) can be used to prepare a conjugate wherein the maytansinoid fragment is covalently linked to an antibody.
General scheme to prepare compounds of formula (I) The compounds of formula (I) can be prepared according to Scheme 1 ALK--RG, N
\
O~ 1 O
,=%H
O N ,%%
0 + RGZ ALK-XZ (CHZ)I(OCHZCHZ) -C(=O)-Z,R,- (1) N~1O
H
/O OH
P, PZ
Scheme 1 Intermediate P1 contains a RG1 reactive group that is able to react with the reactive group RG2 attached to the PEG containing intermediate P2 to form X1. For instance, the formation of X1=S
can be made through the reaction of P1 with RG1=-SH and P2 with RG2=-Br by a nucleophilic substitution in the presence of a base like DIEA. An example of this reaction is given in ex.1.2.
Examples of P1 with RG1=-SH are L-DM1 and L-DM4 and also the compounds 11 a, c, d, g of EP
1313738:
L-DM1 : ALK-SH = -CH2CH2-SH ;
L-DM4: ALK-SH = -CH2CH2CMe2-SH;
11 a : ALK-SH = -CH2-SH ;
11 c : ALK-SH = -CH2CH2CH2-SH ;
11d : ALK-SH = -CH2CH2CH2CH2-SH ;
11g : ALK-SH = -CHMe-CH2-SH
Other examples of reactions are given in Table I.
Table I
Entry X1 X2 P2 RG1 RG2 conditions of the reaction nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-1 -S- -CO- acetyl -SH halogen acetyl linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-2 -S- -CONR- amide -SH halogen amide linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
sulfonate- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an activated 2' -S- -CONR- amide -SH activated sulfonate-amide linker (eg mesyl, tosyl, linker sulfonate triflate) in a protic or aprotic polar solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) -S(O)n- halogeno- controlled oxidation of Entry 1 obtained 3 n 1 or 2 -CONR- amide -SH halogen product under mild oxidative conditions linker (oxone, peracid) in aprotic polar solvant nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-4 -S- -NRCO- amide -SH halogen amide linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-5 -S- -COO- ester -SH halogen ester linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-6 -S- -OCO- carbonate -SH halogen carbonate linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions or anic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
OCONR- halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-7 -S- or carbamate -SH halogen carbamate linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions NRCOO- organic, mineral or supported base nucleophilic substitution of P, with RG,= SH
8 -S- - halo eno -SH halogen RCONR'- urea linker (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-urea linker in a protic or aprotic polar solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-9 -S- -NR- amine -SH halogen amine linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
(eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-thio linker in a protic or aprotic polar solvent -S(O)n- under neutral or basic conditions (organic, 10 n-=0S(O)n- n=0,1 or halogener -SH halogen mineral or supported base) eventually ,1 or 2 2 thio linker followed by a controlled oxidation of so obtained product under mild oxidative conditions (oxone, peracid) in aprotic polar solvant nucleophilic substitution of P1 with RG1=-SH
Halogeno- (eg L-DM1 or L-DM4) onto an halogeno-11 -S- -0- ether -SH Halogen ether linker in a protic or aprotic polar linker solvent under neutral or basic conditions (organic, mineral or supported base) For some compounds of formula (I), the final desired -ZbRb group may be obtained after at least one transformation of another -ZbRb group after reacting P1 and P2. An example is given on O
-O-N~
5 Scheme 1' with the transformation -ZbRb=-O-allyle 4 -ZbRb=
ALK-Xr ALK-XZ (CH2)i(OCHZCHZ)i-C(=O)-O-CHZ-CH=CHZ
P1 + RGZ ALK-XZ (CHZ)i(OCHZCHZ)i-C(=O)-O-CHZ-CH=CHZ O N
1. base; \ ALK-X7-ALK- )q(CH2)i(OCHZCH2);-C(=O)-OH Ol O
2. acid o, O NHS May \ ALK-XTALK-XZ (CHZ)i(OCHZCHZ)-C(=0)-O-N
l May May Scheme 1' Likewise, at least one transformation may also be used for an intermediate bearing the -ZbRb 10 group, before the reaction between P1 and P2.
Another example is the transformation -ZbRb=-OH 4 -ZbRb=Hal that requires an acylating agent like e.g. SOC12.
preparation of P, P1 can be prepared starting with maytansinol according to Scheme 2 :
cl I 0 OHO ,.H
O N %%%%
.0 H N4 LK-RG1 O + O O P1 N'O
H OZ
O OH
maytansinol Ps Scheme 2 Maytansinol is reacted by an esterification reaction with intermediate P3 which contains a reactive acyl group -COOZ wherein Z is H or an halogen atom. The reaction is described on Fig.3a-d of WO 2004/103272 and also in WO 2007/021674. When Z is H, the esterification can be conducted with the aid of a coupling agent that enhances the reactivity of the acid function.
Preparation of Preparation of P2 Starting materials to prepare P2 are PEG compounds that are commercially available or that can be prepared with said commercially available PEG compounds through at least one chemical reaction known to one skilled in the art. PEG compounds are commercially available for instance by JenKem Technology USA Inc. 2033 W. McDermott Dr. Suite 320 #188, Allen, TX
75013-4675, USA.
For example, the preparation of P2 wherein X2=-CONR- and RG2=Hal (P2= Hal-ALK-CONR-CH2CH2(OCH2CH2)i-COZbRb) is described below with commercially available compounds HOOCCH2CH2(OCH2CH2)i-OCH2CH2NH2 :
R=H
Hal HO" l0 -J O~~NHZ VN -O LO `J O~~"~N" 'ALK
O H
Hal= Br ou I
Ste i : formation of an amide bond and activation of the acid group ; the two steps are carried out separately in a polar aprotic solvent like DCM : reaction of the amine group with an halogenoalkanoic acid N-hydroxysuccinimidine ester (eg halogenoacetate) then addition in situ of a coupling agent like DIC.
RAH
HO LO J~O~~NH2 O O H F F HO LO JiONHR
O
I0 ~[ 1 O Hal VN-O v `O -J~O'-"~N J~ K
K
O
Hal= Br ou I
Step ii : protection of the carboxylic acid in the form of an ester and of the amine in the form of a trifluoroacetamide ; the reaction is carried out in two separate steps in a polar aprotic solvent like DCM : protection of the acid by treatment with trimethylsilyldiazomethane with methanol then protection of the amine by addition of TFAA and TEA ;
Ste NO : alkylation of the amine and alkaline hydrolysis of the ester ; the reaction is carried out in two separate steps in a polar aprotic solvent like THE : alkylation of the amine by treatment with NaH in the presence of a reactant bearing a leaving group like an alkyl halide RHal, and addition of LiOH in water ;
Ste i : following step (iii), the reactions of step (i) where R=H are carried out.
Likewise, the preparation of P2 wherein X2=-CH=CH- and RG2=Hal (P2= Hal-CH2-CH=CH-CH2(OCH2CH2)i-COZbRb) is described below with commercially available compounds Hal-CH2CH=CHCH2(OCH2CH2)i-COOtBu :
Supported DCC
O
TFA, CHzCIz 1-0,-.,- ] 1OH HO` O gr^%~[.0".~111r0,N
I` N o Process of preparation of the conjugates The conjugate can be obtained by a process comprising the steps of:
(i) bringing into contact an optionally-buffered aqueous solution of the antibody with a solution of a compound of formula (I) ;
(ii) then optionally separating the conjugate which was formed in (i) from the unreacted reagents and any aggregate which may be present in the solution.
The aqueous solution of cell-binding agent can be buffered with at least one buffer such as, e.g.
potassium phosphate or N-2-Hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid (Hepes buffer) or a mixture of buffers such as e.g. buffer A disclosed in the examples below. The buffer depends upon the nature of the antibody. The compound of formula (I) is in solution in an organic polar solvent (or a mixture of polar solvents), e.g. DMSO or DMA.
The temperature of the reaction usually varies from 20 to 40 C. The reaction time can vary from 1 to 24 hours. The reaction between the antibody and the cytotoxic agent can be monitored by size exclusion chromatography (SEC) with a refractometric and/or UV detector. If the conjugate yield is too low, the reaction time can be extended and/or the compound of formula (I) can be added.
A number of different chromatography methods can be used by the person skilled in the art in order to perform the separation of step (ii): the conjugate can be purified e.g. by SEC, adsorption chromatography (such as ion exchange chromatography, IEC), hydrophobic interaction chromatograhy (HIC), affinity chromatography, mixed-support chromatography such as hydroxyapatite chromatography, or high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Purification by dialysis or diafiltration can also be used.
An example of a process which can be used is described in the Example I.
As used herein, the term "aggregates" means the associations which can be formed between two or more antibodies, said antibodies being modified or not by conjugation. The aggregates can be formed under the influence of a great number of parameters, such as a high concentration of antibody in the solution, the pH of the solution, high shearing forces, the number of bonded dimers and their hydrophobic character, the temperature (see Wang & Gosh, 2008, J. Membrane Sci., 318: 311-316, and references cited therein) ; note that the relative influence of some of these parameters is not clearly established. In the case of proteins and antibodies, the person skilled in the art will refer to Cromwell et al. (2006, AAPS Journal, 8(3):
E572-E579). The content in aggregates can be determined with techniques well known to the skilled person, such as SEC
(see Walter et al., 1993, Anal. Biochem., 212(2): 469-480).
After step (i) or (ii), the conjugate-containing solution can be submitted to an additional step (iii) of ultrafiltration and/or diafiltration.
The conjugate is recovered at the end of these steps as an aqueous solution.
Antibody The term "antibody" is used herein in the broadest sense and specifically covers monoclonal antibodies (including full length monoclonal antibodies) of any isotype such as IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and antibody fragments. An antibody reactive with a specific antigen can be generated by recombinant methods such as selection of libraries of recombinant antibodies in phage or similar vectors, or by immunizing an animal with the antigen or an antigen-encoding nucleic acid.
A typical antibody is comprised of two identical heavy chains and two identical light chains that are joined by disulfide bonds. Each heavy and light chain contains a constant region and a variable region. As used herein, "VH" or "VH" refers to the variable region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain of an antibody, including the heavy chain of an Fv, scFv, dsFv, Fab, Fab', or F(ab')2 fragment. Reference to "V[" or "VL" refers to the variable region of the immunoglobulin light chain of an antibody, including the light chain of an Fv, scFv, dsFv, Fab, Fab', or F(ab')2 fragment.
Each variable region contains three segments called "complementarity-determining regions"
("CDRs") or "hypervariable regions", which are primarily responsible for binding an epitope of an antigen. They are usually referred to as CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3, numbered sequentially from the N-terminus. The more highly conserved portions of the variable regions are called the "framework regions" ("FR"). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, broadly adopting a beta-sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda, MD, 1991).
The antibody (see for more details, Janeway et al. Immunobiology , 5th ed, 2001, Garland Publishing, New York) can be chosen for instance among those mentioned in WO
04043344, WO
08010101, WO 08047242 or WO 05009369 (anti-CA6).
The antibody or fragments thereof that recognize class A Eph receptor family members, such as EphA2 receptor, preferably human, and function as antagonists of said receptor, can also be considered. This antibody is devoid of any agonist activity. The antibody or an epitope-binding fragment thereof can be one described in claims 12-15.
The humanized antibody or epitope-binding fragments thereof preferably have the additional ability to inhibit growth of a cancer cell expressing the EphA2 receptor. The humanized antibody or epitope-binding fragment thereof has preferably the additional ability to inhibit the migration of a metastatic cancer cell expressing the EphA2 receptor.
The humanized antibody can be a humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody, or an epitope-binding fragment thereof. An humanized antibody can be obtained by site-directed mutagenesis of the polynucleotide sequences encoding hu53.2H11 (WO 2008/010101). Preferably, there are provided resurfaced or humanized versions of the 2H11R35R74 antibody wherein surface-exposed residues of the antibody or its fragments are replaced in both light and heavy chains to more closely resemble known human antibody surfaces. The humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody or epitope-binding fragments thereof have improved properties. For example, humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibodies or epitope-binding fragments thereof specifically recognize EphA2 receptor. More preferably, the humanized 2H11R35R74 antibody or epitope-binding fragments thereof have the additional ability to inhibit the growth of an EphA2 receptor-expressing cell.
The humanized versions of the 2H11R35R74 antibody are also fully characterized herein with respect to their respective amino acid sequences of both light and heavy chain variable regions, the DNA sequences of the genes for the light and heavy chain variable regions, the identification of the CDRs, the identification of their surface amino acids, and disclosure of a means for their expression in recombinant form. However, the scope is not limited to antibodies and fragments comprising these sequences. Instead, all antibodies and fragments that specifically bind to EphA2 receptor are also considered. Preferably, the antibodies and fragments that specifically bind to EphA2 receptor antagonize the biological activity of the receptor.
More preferably, such antibodies further are substantially devoid of agonist activity. Thus, antibodies and epitope-5 binding antibody fragments may differ from the 2H11R35R74 antibody or the humanized derivatives thereof, in the amino acid sequences of their scaffold, CDRs, and/or light chain and heavy chain, and still fall within the scope of the present invention.
The CDRs of the 2H11 R35R74 antibody are identified by modeling and their molecular structures 10 have been predicted. Again, while the CDRs are important for epitope recognition, they are not essential to the antibodies and fragments of the invention. Accordingly, antibodies and fragments are provided that have improved properties produced by, for example, affinity maturation of an antibody of the present invention.
15 The mouse light chain IgVK and JK germline genes and heavy chain IgVh and Jh germline genes from which 53.2H11 was likely derived have been identified, and were disclosed in WO
2008/010101. The accession numbers of said germline sequences are respectively and AF303833. Such germline gene sequences are useful to identify somatic mutations in the antibodies, including in the CDRs.
The sequences of the heavy chain and light chain variable regions of the 2H11R35R74 antibody, and the sequences of their CDRs are set forth in this application. Such information can be used to produce humanized versions of the 2H11R35R74 antibody. It is also possible to obtain the humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibodies of the invention by site-directed mutagenesis of hu53.2H1 1.
These humanized anti-EphA2 antibodies or their derivatives may also be used as the cell binding agent of the conjugates of the present invention.
Thus, in one embodiment, this invention provides humanized antibodies or epitope-binding fragment thereof comprising one or more CDRs having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. In a preferred embodiment, the humanized antibodies of the invention comprise at least one heavy chain and at least one light chain, wherein said heavy chain comprises three sequential CDRs having amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID NOS: 1, 2, and 3, and wherein said light chain comprises three sequential CDRs having amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID NOS: 4, 5, and 6.
The humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody or fragments thereof preferably comprises a VH having an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO. 12. A humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody or fragments thereof which comprises a VL having an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID
2008/010101. The accession numbers of said germline sequences are respectively and AF303833. Such germline gene sequences are useful to identify somatic mutations in the antibodies, including in the CDRs.
The sequences of the heavy chain and light chain variable regions of the 2H11R35R74 antibody, and the sequences of their CDRs are set forth in this application. Such information can be used to produce humanized versions of the 2H11R35R74 antibody. It is also possible to obtain the humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibodies of the invention by site-directed mutagenesis of hu53.2H1 1.
These humanized anti-EphA2 antibodies or their derivatives may also be used as the cell binding agent of the conjugates of the present invention.
Thus, in one embodiment, this invention provides humanized antibodies or epitope-binding fragment thereof comprising one or more CDRs having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. In a preferred embodiment, the humanized antibodies of the invention comprise at least one heavy chain and at least one light chain, wherein said heavy chain comprises three sequential CDRs having amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID NOS: 1, 2, and 3, and wherein said light chain comprises three sequential CDRs having amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID NOS: 4, 5, and 6.
The humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody or fragments thereof preferably comprises a VH having an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO. 12. A humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody or fragments thereof which comprises a VL having an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID
NO 14 is also preferred. Preferably the humanized 2H11 R35R74 antibody comprises at least one heavy chain and at least one light chain, wherein said heavy chain comprises three sequential CDRs having amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID NOS: 1, 2, and 3, wherein said light chain comprises three sequential CDRs having amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID
NOS: 4, 5, and 6, wherein said heavy chain has an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID
NO. 12, and wherein said light chain has an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO. 14.
Coniuaate A conjugate comprises generally from 1 to 10 molecule(s) of the maytansinoid attached covalently to the antibody (so called, "drug-to-antibody ratio" or "DAR").
This number can vary with the nature of the antibody and of the maytansinoid used along with the experimental conditions used for the conjugation (like the ratio maytansinoid/antibody, the reaction time, the nature of the solvent and of the cosolvent if any). Thus the contact between the antibody and the maytansinoid leads to a mixture comprising : several conjugates differing from one another by different drug-to-antibody ratios ; optionally the naked antibody ; optionally aggregates. The DAR
that is determined is thus a mean value.
The invention is therefore also related to a conjugate comprising one or more compound(s) as defined in one of claims 1-8 covalently attached to an antibody. The attachment is preferably through an amide bond. The antibody is preferably as defined in any one of claims 12-15.
The method used herein to determine the DAR consists in measuring spectrophotometrically the ratio of the absorbance at 252 nm and 280 nm of a solution of the substantially purified conjugate (that is after step (ii)). In particular, said DAR can be determined spectrophotometrically using the measured extinction coefficients at respectively 280 and 252 nm for the antibody: EA280 = 224,000 M-1 cm-1 and EA252 = 82,880 M-'cm-1; assuming an average 160,000 molecular weight for the antibody, and for the maytansinoid, ED280 = 5,180 M-1cm-1 and ED252 = 26,159 M-'cm-1). The method of calculation is derived from Antony S. Dimitrov (ed), LLC, 2009, Therapeutic Antibodies and Protocols, vol 525, 445, Springer Science and is described in more details below :
The absorbances for the conjugate at 252 nm (A252) and at 280 nm (A280) are measured either on the monomeric peak of the SEC analysis (allowing to calculate the "DAR(SEC)"
parameter) or using a classic spectrophotometer apparatus (allowing to calculate the "DAR(UV)" parameter).
The absorbances can be expressed as follows :
A252 = (CD X ED252) + (CA X EA252) A280 = (CD X ED280) + (CA X EA280) wherein :
NOS: 4, 5, and 6, wherein said heavy chain has an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID
NO. 12, and wherein said light chain has an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO. 14.
Coniuaate A conjugate comprises generally from 1 to 10 molecule(s) of the maytansinoid attached covalently to the antibody (so called, "drug-to-antibody ratio" or "DAR").
This number can vary with the nature of the antibody and of the maytansinoid used along with the experimental conditions used for the conjugation (like the ratio maytansinoid/antibody, the reaction time, the nature of the solvent and of the cosolvent if any). Thus the contact between the antibody and the maytansinoid leads to a mixture comprising : several conjugates differing from one another by different drug-to-antibody ratios ; optionally the naked antibody ; optionally aggregates. The DAR
that is determined is thus a mean value.
The invention is therefore also related to a conjugate comprising one or more compound(s) as defined in one of claims 1-8 covalently attached to an antibody. The attachment is preferably through an amide bond. The antibody is preferably as defined in any one of claims 12-15.
The method used herein to determine the DAR consists in measuring spectrophotometrically the ratio of the absorbance at 252 nm and 280 nm of a solution of the substantially purified conjugate (that is after step (ii)). In particular, said DAR can be determined spectrophotometrically using the measured extinction coefficients at respectively 280 and 252 nm for the antibody: EA280 = 224,000 M-1 cm-1 and EA252 = 82,880 M-'cm-1; assuming an average 160,000 molecular weight for the antibody, and for the maytansinoid, ED280 = 5,180 M-1cm-1 and ED252 = 26,159 M-'cm-1). The method of calculation is derived from Antony S. Dimitrov (ed), LLC, 2009, Therapeutic Antibodies and Protocols, vol 525, 445, Springer Science and is described in more details below :
The absorbances for the conjugate at 252 nm (A252) and at 280 nm (A280) are measured either on the monomeric peak of the SEC analysis (allowing to calculate the "DAR(SEC)"
parameter) or using a classic spectrophotometer apparatus (allowing to calculate the "DAR(UV)" parameter).
The absorbances can be expressed as follows :
A252 = (CD X ED252) + (CA X EA252) A280 = (CD X ED280) + (CA X EA280) wherein :
= CD and CA are respectively the concentrations in the solution of the maytansinoid and of the antibody = ED252 and sD280 are respectively the molar extinction coefficients of the maytansinoid at 252 nm and 280 nm = EA252 and EA28o are respectively the molar extinction coefficients of the antibody at 252 nm and 280 nm.
Resolution of these two equations with two unknowns leads to the following equations CD = [(EA280 x A252) - (EA252 x A280A / L(ED252 X EA280) - (EA252 X ED280)]
CA = [A280 - (CD X ED280)] / EA280 The average DAR is then calculated from the ratio of the drug concentration to that of the antibody :
DAR=CD/CA
The average DAR measured with a UV spectrophomoter (DAR(UV)) is more particularly above 4, more particularly between 4 and 10, even more particularly between 4 and 7.
The conjugate and also the compound of formula (I) can be used as anticancer agents.
Advantageously, the antibody makes it possible to have an agent that is selective towards the tumour cells, thus targeting the maytansinoid to a close vicinity of said cells or directly within them (see Antibody-drug conjugates for cancer therapy Carter P.J., et al., Cancer J. 2008, 14, 154-169 ; Targeted cancer therapy: conferring specificity to cytotoxic drugs Chari R., Acc.
Chem. Res. 2008, 41, 98-107). Solid or liquid tumours can be treated.
The conjugate can be formulated in the form of an aqueous buffered solution, preferably at a concentration between 1 and 10 mg/ml. The solution can be administered as such or it can be diluted to form a solution for perfusion.
[Examples]
Method A : High Pressure Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (LCMS) Spectra have been obtained on a Waters UPLC-SQD system in positive and/or negative electrospray mode (ES+/-). Chromatographic conditions are the following :
column : ACQUITY
BEH C18, 1.7 pm - 2.1x30 mm; solvents : A : H20 (0.1% formic acid) B : CH3CN
(0.1% formic acid) ; column temperature : 45 C ; flow rate : 0.6 ml/min ; gradient (2 min) : from 5 to 50% of B in 1 min; 1.3 min: 100% of B; 1.45 min: 100% of B; 1.75 min: 5% of B.
Method B : High Pressure Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (LCMS) Spectra have been obtained on a Waters ZQ system in positive and/or negative electrospray mode (ES+/-). Chromatographic conditions are the following : column : XBridge C18 2.5 pm 3x50 mm ; solvents : A : H2O (0.1 % formic acid) B : CH3CN (0,1 % formic acid ;
column temperature :
70 C ; flow rate : 0.9 ml/min ; gradient (7 min) : from 5 to 100 % of B in 5.3 min ; 5.5 min : 100%
ofB;6.3min:5%ofB.
Method C : mass spectrometry (MS) Spectra have been obtained on a Waters UPLC-SQD system in positive and/or negative electrospray mode (ES+/-). Chromatographic conditions are the following :
column : ACQUITY
BEH C18 1,7 pm - 2,1 x50 mm ; solvents : A : H2O (0,1 % formic acid) B : CH3CN
(0,1 % formic acid) ; column temperature : 50 C ; flow rate : 1 ml/min ; gradient (2 min) :
from 5 to 50% of B in 0.8 min; 1,2 min: 100%ofB; 1,85 min: 100%ofB; 1,95: 5% of B.
Method D : High Pressure Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (LCMS) Spectra have been obtained on a Waters UPLC-SQD system in positive and/or negative electrospray mode (ES+/-). Chromatographic conditions are the following :
column : ACQUITY
BEH C18 1.7 pm - 2.1 x50 mm ; solvents : A : H2O (0.1 % formic acid) B : CH3CN
(0.1 % formic acid) ; column temperature : 50 C ; flow rate : 1 ml/min ; gradient (2 min) :
from 5 to 50% of B in 0.8 min; 1.2 min: 100%ofB; 1.85 min: 100%ofB; 1.95: 5% of B.
Method G : deglycosylation and High Resolution Mass Spectrometry of conjugates (HRMS) Deglycosylation is a technique of enzymatic digestion by means of glycosidase.
The deglycosylation is made from 500 pl of conjugated + 100 pl of Tris buffer HCI
50 mM + 10 pl of glycanase-F enzyme (100 units of freeze-dried enzyme/ 100 pl of water). The medium is vortexed and maintained one night at 37 C. The deglycosylated sample is then ready to be analyzed in HRMS. Mass spectra were obtained on a Waters Q-Tof-2 system in electrospray positive mode (ES+). Chromatographic conditions are the following : column : 4 pm BioSuite 4.6x300 mm (Waters) ; solvents : A : ammonium formate 25 mM +1% formic acid :
B : CH3CN
column temperature : 30 C ; flow rate 0,4 ml/min ; isocratic elution 70% A +
30% B (15 min).
Method H : Analytical Size Exclusion Chromatography (SEC) - Column: TSKgel G3000 SWXL 5 pm column, 7.8 mm x 30 cm, TOSOH BIOSCIENCE, LLC
Part # 08541 - Mobile Phase: KCI (0.2 M), KH2PO4 (0.052 M), K2HPO4 (0.107 M), iPrOH (20% in volume) - Analysis Conditions: isocratic elution at 0.5 ml/min for 30 min - Analysis performed on a Lachrom Elite HPLC system (Merck) using a L2455 DAD
spectrophotometer detector.
Resolution of these two equations with two unknowns leads to the following equations CD = [(EA280 x A252) - (EA252 x A280A / L(ED252 X EA280) - (EA252 X ED280)]
CA = [A280 - (CD X ED280)] / EA280 The average DAR is then calculated from the ratio of the drug concentration to that of the antibody :
DAR=CD/CA
The average DAR measured with a UV spectrophomoter (DAR(UV)) is more particularly above 4, more particularly between 4 and 10, even more particularly between 4 and 7.
The conjugate and also the compound of formula (I) can be used as anticancer agents.
Advantageously, the antibody makes it possible to have an agent that is selective towards the tumour cells, thus targeting the maytansinoid to a close vicinity of said cells or directly within them (see Antibody-drug conjugates for cancer therapy Carter P.J., et al., Cancer J. 2008, 14, 154-169 ; Targeted cancer therapy: conferring specificity to cytotoxic drugs Chari R., Acc.
Chem. Res. 2008, 41, 98-107). Solid or liquid tumours can be treated.
The conjugate can be formulated in the form of an aqueous buffered solution, preferably at a concentration between 1 and 10 mg/ml. The solution can be administered as such or it can be diluted to form a solution for perfusion.
[Examples]
Method A : High Pressure Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (LCMS) Spectra have been obtained on a Waters UPLC-SQD system in positive and/or negative electrospray mode (ES+/-). Chromatographic conditions are the following :
column : ACQUITY
BEH C18, 1.7 pm - 2.1x30 mm; solvents : A : H20 (0.1% formic acid) B : CH3CN
(0.1% formic acid) ; column temperature : 45 C ; flow rate : 0.6 ml/min ; gradient (2 min) : from 5 to 50% of B in 1 min; 1.3 min: 100% of B; 1.45 min: 100% of B; 1.75 min: 5% of B.
Method B : High Pressure Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (LCMS) Spectra have been obtained on a Waters ZQ system in positive and/or negative electrospray mode (ES+/-). Chromatographic conditions are the following : column : XBridge C18 2.5 pm 3x50 mm ; solvents : A : H2O (0.1 % formic acid) B : CH3CN (0,1 % formic acid ;
column temperature :
70 C ; flow rate : 0.9 ml/min ; gradient (7 min) : from 5 to 100 % of B in 5.3 min ; 5.5 min : 100%
ofB;6.3min:5%ofB.
Method C : mass spectrometry (MS) Spectra have been obtained on a Waters UPLC-SQD system in positive and/or negative electrospray mode (ES+/-). Chromatographic conditions are the following :
column : ACQUITY
BEH C18 1,7 pm - 2,1 x50 mm ; solvents : A : H2O (0,1 % formic acid) B : CH3CN
(0,1 % formic acid) ; column temperature : 50 C ; flow rate : 1 ml/min ; gradient (2 min) :
from 5 to 50% of B in 0.8 min; 1,2 min: 100%ofB; 1,85 min: 100%ofB; 1,95: 5% of B.
Method D : High Pressure Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (LCMS) Spectra have been obtained on a Waters UPLC-SQD system in positive and/or negative electrospray mode (ES+/-). Chromatographic conditions are the following :
column : ACQUITY
BEH C18 1.7 pm - 2.1 x50 mm ; solvents : A : H2O (0.1 % formic acid) B : CH3CN
(0.1 % formic acid) ; column temperature : 50 C ; flow rate : 1 ml/min ; gradient (2 min) :
from 5 to 50% of B in 0.8 min; 1.2 min: 100%ofB; 1.85 min: 100%ofB; 1.95: 5% of B.
Method G : deglycosylation and High Resolution Mass Spectrometry of conjugates (HRMS) Deglycosylation is a technique of enzymatic digestion by means of glycosidase.
The deglycosylation is made from 500 pl of conjugated + 100 pl of Tris buffer HCI
50 mM + 10 pl of glycanase-F enzyme (100 units of freeze-dried enzyme/ 100 pl of water). The medium is vortexed and maintained one night at 37 C. The deglycosylated sample is then ready to be analyzed in HRMS. Mass spectra were obtained on a Waters Q-Tof-2 system in electrospray positive mode (ES+). Chromatographic conditions are the following : column : 4 pm BioSuite 4.6x300 mm (Waters) ; solvents : A : ammonium formate 25 mM +1% formic acid :
B : CH3CN
column temperature : 30 C ; flow rate 0,4 ml/min ; isocratic elution 70% A +
30% B (15 min).
Method H : Analytical Size Exclusion Chromatography (SEC) - Column: TSKgel G3000 SWXL 5 pm column, 7.8 mm x 30 cm, TOSOH BIOSCIENCE, LLC
Part # 08541 - Mobile Phase: KCI (0.2 M), KH2PO4 (0.052 M), K2HPO4 (0.107 M), iPrOH (20% in volume) - Analysis Conditions: isocratic elution at 0.5 ml/min for 30 min - Analysis performed on a Lachrom Elite HPLC system (Merck) using a L2455 DAD
spectrophotometer detector.
Buffers contents - Buffer A (pH 6.5) : NaCl (50 mM), Potassium Phosphate buffer (50 mM), EDTA
(2 mM) - Buffer HGS (pH 5.5) : histidine (10 mM), glycine (130 mM), sucrose 5% (w/v), HCI (8 mM) Abreviations used AcOEt : ethyl acetate ; ALK: (C1-C12)alkylene group, particularly (C1-C6)alkylene ; DAR : Drug Antibody Ratio ; DBU : 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene ; DCC : N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide ; DCM : dichloromethane ; DEAD :
diethylazodicarboxylate ; DIC : N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide ; DIPEA: N,N-diisopropylethylamine; DMA :
dimethylacetamide ;
DMAP : 4-dimethylaminopyridine; DME: dimethoxyethane ; DMF : dimethylformamide ; DMSO:
dimethylsulfoxyde ; s : molar extinction coefficient ; EEDQ : 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline ; EDCI : N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide ;
EDTA : ethylene-diamine-tetraacetic acid ; Fmoc: fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl ; Hal : halogen atom ; HOBt : 1-hydroxybenzotriazole ; HEPES : 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazine-ethanesulfonic acid ; HRMS
High Resolution Mass Spectroscopy ; NHS : N-hydroxysuccinimide ; iPrOH : iso-propyl alcool NMP : N-methylpyrrolidinone ; Rf : retention factor ; RP : reduced pressure ;
RT : room temperature ; SEC : Size Exclusion Chromatography ; TBDMS : tert-butyldimethylsilyl ; TEA :
triethylamine ; TFA : trifluoroacetic acid ; TFAA : trifluoroacetic anhydride ; TFF : Tangential Flow Filtration ; THE : tetrahydrofurane ; TIPS : triisopropylsilyl ; TLC : Thin Layer Chromatography ; tR
: retention time.
Antibodies used in the examples Two antibodies were used to prepare the conjugates :
- hu2H11 : (also referenced hu53 2H11 in WO 2008010101) : the antibody is produced by a hybridoma deposited under the Budapest Treaty at the American Type Culture Collection, under the accession number PTA-7662, and is described in PCT application WO
2008/010101 ;
- hu2H11 R35R74 : this humanized antibody binds to an EphA2 receptor and is obtained by site-directed mutagenesis of hu53 2H11, consisting of heavy chain of sequence SEQ ID
NO: 18 and light chain of SEQ NO : 16.
Example 1 3-[2-(2-[2-(2-b rom o-acetyl am in o) -eth oxy]-ethoxy] -ethoxy)-eth oxy] -pro pion i c acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester S 1) BrCH2CONH H U
OH CHCI 2 BNN~IO^/O~/\O//O,I~/O, CA(PEG)4 IOI 2) DIC IOI IOI
O DMA O
N OON O
S~H~ LONH Ab DI N_~~ 0 O O _L O O
hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 CI 0 0 O .,,H CI 0 O_ O L-DM4 AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester N. '0 Antibody /O Nk N aaH Buffer, DMA aH
% ? N___O a N_~__O
'- = H H
O OH O OH
1.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, 9 ml of hu2H11 R35R74 (14.36 mg/ml in buffer A) are added, then 16.85 ml of buffer A, 3.23 ml of HEPES 1M, 1.59 ml of DMA, followed by 1.64 ml of a 10 mM
5 DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester. After 1 hr 30 min at RT, an extra 0.085 ml of 10 mM DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester is added. After 1 hours 45 min at RT, the crude conjugation medium is diluted with 60 ml of HGS
buffer and purified by TFF on Pellicon 3 cassettes. The sample is diafiltered against -10 sample volumes of HGS buffer and then collected. The TFF tank and lines are washed with an extra 10 ml of HGS
10 buffer. The two solutions are mixed, filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF, concentrated on Amicon 15 and filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF. 17 ml of hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 conjugate (c=5.76 mg/ml) was thus obtained. The conjugate is then analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC analysis (method H) : DAR (SEC)= 5.4 ; RT=
16.757 min monomeric purity= 99.5% ; HRMS data : see Fig.1.
1.2. Preparation of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 154.3 mg of L-DM4 (prepared according to WO
04/103272 - see compounds 4b) are introduced in a glass vial. A solution of 90 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in 0.94 ml of DMA is then added, followed by 36 pl of DIEA. After 23 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is diluted with 5 ml of AcOEt and washed with 7 ml of water. The aqueous phase is extracted with 5 ml of AcOEt. The combined organic phases are dried over MgS04, concentrated to dryness under RP. 228 mg of pale yellow viscous oil are obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions 2 and 3 under RP, a colourless viscous oil is obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions 33 to 35 under RP, 41 mg of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester are obtained in the form of a white meringue-like product. Mass spectra (B) : RT= 4,06 min; [M+H-H20]+ : m/z 1164 ; [M+H]+ :
m/z 1182 ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 1226 ; 1H NMR (500 MHz, b in ppm, chloroform-d) : 0.80 (s, 3 H) ; 1.21 (s, 3 H) ; 1.22 (s, 3 H); 1.25 (m, 1 H) ; 1.29 (d, J=6,7 Hz, 6 H) ;
1.46 (m, 1 H) ; 1.57 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1 H) ; 1.64 (s, 3 H ); 1.76 to 1.83 (m, 1 H) ; 1.88 to 1.96 (m, 1 H) ; 2.18 (dd, J=2.5 et 14.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.36 (m, 1 H); 2.53 (m, 1 H); 2.61(dd, J=12.5 and 14.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.82 to 2.92 (m, 10 H ; 2.98 (d, J= 16.7 Hz,1 H); 3.03 (d,J=9.6Hz,1 H); 3.15 (d,J=12.9 Hz,1 H);
3.22 (s,3H);
3.32 (s broad, 1 H) ; 3.36 (s, 3 H) ; 3.42 (m, 2 H) ; 3v50 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.53 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.58 to 3v67 (m, 13 H) ; 3.84 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.99 (s, 3 H) ; 4.27 (m,1 H) ; 4.77 (dd, J=2.9 and 11.9 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.42 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.66 (dd, J=9.1 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H
); 6.23 (s,1 H) ;
6.43 (dd, J=11.3 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.64 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.74 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.85 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 7.08 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1 H) 1.3. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 671.4 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid (CA(PEG)4, Pierce) are introduced in a glass vial. A solution of 597.4 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in 14 ml of DCM is then added. After 15 min at RT, 0.396 ml of DIC is added. After 1 hr 30 min, the crude reaction medium is filtered on sintered glass, and the filtrate is purified by flash-chromatography on 100 g of CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing iPrOH portion).
After concentration of fractions 30 to 45 under RP, 761 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 0.74 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 483/485 (two peaks due to the two isotopes of Br) ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 527/529 (two peaks due to the two isotopes of Br).
Bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester could be prepared following published protocol (Biochemistry 1974, 481).
Example 2 1)TMSCH2N2 _ IFN
H N O O OH CHzCIzMeOH F_ ^ Y0 F-r v IOI 2) (CF3C0)20, 0 0 CA(PEG)4 CH CI ,TEA 1) NaH, Mel, THE
z z 2) LION, THF, H20 1) BrCHzCONHS
B ^ 'N N'--O^.-O-_-O^-O` ^'O CH2CIz HN O O OH
0 L-DM4 O 2) DIC II
O O
DMA
DIEA
JQ~ 1I S Ovate{ NH Ab SV ~N Ova( ~~O 'x0\ VI J40 4101 ; O O
O.1 O p Cl Q
Cl O ~ p hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 I aH Antibody O \ N O"
Buffer, DMA H
/ N___O /O OHH
H
2.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 Under magnetic stirring at RT, 4 ml of hu2H11 R35R74 (14.36 mg/ml in buffer A) are added, then 7.5 ml of buffer A, 1.45 ml of HEPES 1 M, 1.05 ml of DMA, followed by 0.39 ml of a 10mM DMA
solution of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-CONHS activated ester. After 30 min at RT, an extra 0.19 ml of mM DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-CONHS activated ester is added. After 3 hrs at RT, the crude conjugation medium is diluted with 65 ml of HGS buffer and purified by TFF on Pellicon 3 cassette. The sample is diafiltered against -10 sample volumes of HGS buffer and then collected. The TFF tank and lines are washed with an extra 10 ml of HGS
buffer. The two 10 solutions are mixed, concentrated on Amicon 15 and filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF. 8.5 ml of hu2H11R35R74-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 conjugate (c=6.01 mg/ml) was thus obtained.
The conjugate is then analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC
analysis (H) : DAR
(SEC)= 5.5; RT= 16.7 min; monomeric purity= 99.4% ; HRMS data : see Fig.2.
2.2. Preparation of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-CONHS activated ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 133.4 mg of L-DM4 are introduced in a glass vial. A solution of 85 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-amino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propion ic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in 0.2 ml of DMA is then added, followed by 32.9 pl of DIEA.
After 1 hours at RT, the reaction medium is purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the desired product under RP, 71.3 mg of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-CONHS activated ester are obtained in the form of a colourless glass-like product. Mass spectra (D) : RT=0.98 min ; [M+H-H20]+ : m/z 1178 (main signal) ; [M+Na]+ :
m/z 1218 ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 1240 ; 1H NMR (500 MHz, 6 in porn , chloroform-d) : 0.81 (s, 3 H) ; 1.20 to 1.33 (m, 13 H); 1.42 to 1.52 (m, 1 H); 1.56 to 1.61 (m, 1 H); 1.65 (s,3H); 1.73 to 1.83 (m, 1 H);
1.96 to 2.04 (m, 1 H) ; 2.19 (dd, J=2.8 and 14.4 Hz, 1 H) ; 2.29 to 2.41 (m, 1 H) ; 2.55 to 2.66 (m, 2H)2.83to2.93(m, 12 H) ; 3.04 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.12 (d, J= 12.7 Hz, 1 H) 3.18 to 3.25 (m, 5H);3.37(s,3H);3.47to3.54(m,3H);3.57to3.68(m, 15 H) ; 3.85 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.99 (s, 3 H) ; 4.29 (m, 1 H) ; 4.79 (dd, J=2.8 and 12.2 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.41 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.68 (dd, J=9.3 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.23 (s, 1 H) ; 6.43 (dd, J=11.0 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H) ;
6.66 (s, 1 H) ; 6.74 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.83 (s, 1 H).
2.3. Preparation of 3-{2-f2-(2-{2-I(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-aminol-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester IIOII IOI o Under magnetic stirring, at RT, in a round bottom flask, 115.1 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid, 1.5 ml of DCM, 97.3 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are successively introduced. After 2 h, 72 pl of DIEA are added, and after a further 1 hour at RT, 70.2 pl of DIC are added. The crude reaction medium is kept 4 hrs at RT, 16 hrs at -20 C, and then purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of silica gel (gradient of elution DCM:methanol from 0:100 to 3:97 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the desired product under RP, 85.8 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-amino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are obtained in the form of a white solid. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 0.84 min; [M+H]+ : m/z 497/499 2.4. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-I2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid HN~~O^~O~~O^/O` OH
Under an inert atmosphere of argon, in a round bottom flask, with magnetic stirring, 120.1 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester, 1 ml of anhydrous THE and 59.8 pl of CH31 and successively introduced.
The reaction medium is cooled with a ice/water bath at about 0 C, and 16.1 mg of NaH (50%
pure in oil) is slowly added by small portions. After 15 min at 0 C, and 1 hr at RT, the crude reaction medium is concentrated to dryness under RP, and diluted with 0.5 ml of THE and 0.8 ml of water. At RT, 30.6 mg of LiOH is then added to the reaction medium. The crude reaction medium is kept 2 hrs at RT, 16 hrs at -20 C, and then purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile from 95:5 to 5:95 by volume).
After concentration of fractions containing the desired product under RP, 115.3 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid are obtained in the form of a yellow oil.
2.5. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid methyl ester F
F' O\
Under an inert atmosphere of argon, in a round bottom flask, with magnetic stirring, 230 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid (CA(PEG)4, Pierce) 2 ml of DCM and 1 ml of methanol are successively introduced. At RT, 1 ml of trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2M solution in hexane) is slowly added to the reaction medium. After 2 hrs at RT, the excess of trimethylsilyldiazomethane is neutralized by addition of acetic acid. The crude is then evaporated to dryness under RP. The residue obtained is diluted with 2 ml of DCM, cooled to 0 C with a water-ice bath, then 363 pl of TEA and 300 pl of TFAA are successively added.
After 2 hrs 30 min at RT and 19 hrs at -20 C, 363 pl of TEA and 300 pl of TFAA are successively added. After 4 hrs 30 min at RT and the crude is stocked at -20 C and then purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile from 95:5 to 5:95 by volume).
After concentration of fractions containing the desired product under RP, 123 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of a pale-yellow oil. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 0.90 min ;
[M+H]+ : m/z 376 [M-H]- : m/z 374.
D
Example 3 I'o 1) BrCHzCONHS Br N-^~- Iryo O`
HzN^~O OH CHzCIz _ H OM4 ~/ML 8y JQ~ CA(PEG)8 O 2) DIC I DDIVIA
IEA S pp 0H NSV H/NLONH Ab +I OO` O
Oõ 1 O Oõ 1 O
~y ` hu2H11 R35R74-PEGS-AcNH-DM4 O
CI O/
I ' O ar+ CI I O O O .H L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-CONHS
O \ N Offi \ N m I
/ aH Antibody =H
O Buffer, DMA O
N~O
H a e H
O OH OH
3.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11R35R74-PEG8-NHAc-DM4 Under magnetic stirring at RT, 4 ml of hu2H11 R35R74 (14.36 mg/ml in buffer A) are added, then 7.5 ml of buffer A, 1.45 ml of HEPES 1 M, 1.05 ml of DMA, followed by 0.405 ml of a 10 mM DMA
solution of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG8-CONHS activated ester. After 30 min at RT, an extra 0.1 ml of 10 mM DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG8-CONHS activated ester is added. After 1 hr 45 min at RT, the crude conjugation medium is diluted with 60 ml of HGS buffer and purified by TFF on Pellicon 3 cassette. The sample is diafiltered against -10 sample volumes of HGS buffer and then collected. The TFF tank and lines are washed with an extra 10 ml of HGS
buffer. The two solutions are mixed, concentrated on Amicon 15 and filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF. 7.0 ml of hu2H11R35R74-PEG8-AcNMe-DM4 conjugate (c= 6.95 mg/ml) was thus obtained.
The conjugate is then analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC
analysis (H) : DAR
(SEC)= 5.0; RT= 16.593 min; monomeric purity = 99.5% ; HRMS data : see Fig.3.
3.2. Preparation of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-CONHS activated ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 65 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(3-bromo-propionylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are introduced in a glass vial, followed by a solution of 67.7 mg of L-DM4 in 0.85 ml of DMA and 16.5 pl of DIEA. After 48 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is purified by flash-5 chromatography on 10 g of silica gel (gradient of elution DCM:MeOH 100:0 to 90:10 by volume).
After concentration of fractions 18 to 26 under RP, 17 mg of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-CONHS
activated ester are obtained in the form of a colourless glass. Mass spectra (B): : RT= 4.08 min [M+H-H20]+ : m/z 1340 (main signal) ; [M+Na]+ : m/z 1380 ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 1402 ; 1H NMR
(400 MHz, 6 in Porn , chloroform-d) : 0.81 (s, 3 H) ; 1.22 (s, 3 H) ; 1.23 (s, 3 H) ; 1.26 (m, 1 H) 10 1.30 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6 H) ; 1.41 to 1.52 (m, 1 H); 1.65(s,3H); 1.80(m, 1 H);
1.89 to 1.99 (m, 1 H) ;2.19(m, 1 H) ; 2.37 (m, 1 H) 2.47 to 2.67 (m, 2 H) ; 2.81 to 2.93 (m, 10 H) ;
2.99 (d, J= 16.6 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.04 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.16 (d broad, J=13.7 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.23 (s, 3 H) ; 3.32 (s broad, 1 H) ;
3.37 (s,3H);3.44(m,2H)3.51 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.54 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.59 to 3.73 (m, 29 H) ; 3.86 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H) ; 4.00 (s, 3 H) ; 4.22 to 4.33 (m, 1 H) ; 4.78 (dd, J=2.9 and 12.2 Hz, 1 15 H); 5.43 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H); 5.67 (dd, J=9.0 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.23 (s, 1 H); 6.44 (dd, J=1 1.2 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.65 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.75 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.86 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H) 7.02 to 7.13 (m, 1 H).
3.3. Preparation of 3-{2-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-{2-f2-(3-bromo-propionylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-20 ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester :
Under magnetic stirring at RT, 100 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid (CA(PEG)4, Pierce), 2 ml of DCM and 53.5 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-25 pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 1 hr at RT, 35.1 pl of DIC are added. After 1 hr, the crude reaction medium is filtered on sintered glass, concentrated to dryness under RP, dilute with 10 ml of AcOEt, filtered on sintered glass and concentrated to dryness under RP. 76.5 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(3-bromo-propionylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 0.80 min ; [M+H]+ :
m/z 659/661 ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 703/705 Example 4 Supported DCC ^/ r 0 O O~ TFA, Br OOH ~Br ~O-O
Br O L
N DMA O
DIEA
N ~` O n0 O
O, I 0 hu2H11R35R74-PEG4-aIIyI-DM4 O, I 0 \!~` \!~` L-DM,aIIyl-PEG4-CONHS
0 { Antibody I I O Ji O N õaa Buffer, DMA O " N õaI H H
O O
N~O
N-J--O *OHH
H ? O OH O 4.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-AIIyI-DM4 Under magnetic stirring at RT, 4 ml of hu2H11 R35R74 (14.36 mg/ml in buffer A) are added, then 7.5 ml of buffer A, 1.45 ml of HEPES 1M, 1.14 ml of DMA, followed by 0.3 ml of a 10 mM DMA
solution of L-DM4-AIIyI-PEG4-CON HS activated ester. After 30 min at RT, an extra 0.125 ml of 10 mM DMA solution of L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-CONHS activated ester is added. After 1 hr 25 min at RT, the crude conjugation medium is diluted with 65 ml of HGS buffer and purified by TFF on Pellicon 3 cassette. The sample is diafiltered against -10 sample volumes of HGS buffer and then collected. The TFF tank and lines are washed with an extra 10 ml of HGS
buffer. The two solutions are mixed, concentrated on Amicon 15 and filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF. 8.0 ml of hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-Allyl-DM4 conjugate (c=5.22 mg/ml) was obtained. The conjugate is then analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC analysis (H) : DAR
(SEC)= 5.3 RT= 16.767 min ; monomeric purity= 99.4% ; HRMS data : see Fig.4.
4.2. Preparation of L-DM4-AIIyI-PEG4-CONHS activated ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 70 mg of L-DM4, 45 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (Bromo-AIIyI-PEG4-CONHS), 0.5 ml of DMA and 23.5 pl of DIEA are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 2 hrs at RT and 17 hrs at -20 C, 50 pl of DIEA is added. After 24 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C-18 grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected product under RP, 47.1 mg of L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-CONHS activated ester are obtained in the form of a white solid. Mass spectra (D) : RT= 1.06 min ; [M+Na]+ : m/z 1173 ; 1H NMR (500 MHz, 6 in prim , chloroform-d) : 0.81 (s, 3 H) ; 1.18 to 1.39 (m, 13 H) ; 1.42 to 1.52 (m, 1 H) ; 1.58 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1 H) ; 1.65 (s, 3 H) ; 1.73 to 1.82 (m, 1 H) ; 1.86 to 1.95 (m, 1 H) ; 2.19 (d, J=14.3 Hz, 1 H) ; 2.40 (m, 1 H); 2.51 to 2.65 (m, 2 H) ; 2.82 to 2.95 (m, 9 H) ; 2.98 to 3.07 (m, 2 H) ; 3.12 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1 H); 3.18 to 3.27 (m, 1 H); 3.23 (s, 3 H) ;3.36 (s, 3 H) ;
3.51 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H);
3.54 to 3.82 (m, 13 H) ; 3.86 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.91 to 3.95 (m, 2 H) ;
3.99 (s, 3 H) ; 4.28 (t, J=11.0 Hz, 1 H) ; 4.78 (dd, J=2.6 and 11.9 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.44 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.49 to 5.63 (m, 2 H) ; 5.68 (dd, J=9.1 and 15.0 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.24 (s, 1 H) ; 6.43 (dd, J=11.1 and 15.0 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.66 (s, 1 H) ; 6.77 (d, J=11.1 Hz,1 H) ; 6.83 (s, 1 H).
4.3. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-f2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester ll0 O_N
O
At RT, 200 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid, 4 ml of DCM and 232.3 mg of supported DCC (2 equivalents) are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 1 hr at RT, 64.8 mg of NHS are added. After 5 hrs at RT, the crude is filtered on sintered glass, solids are washed with DCM, and the combined filtrates are concentrated to dryness under RP. Purification by flash-chromatography on 15 g of silica gel (gradient of elution MeOH:DCM 0:100 to 10:90 by volume), and concentration of fractions containing the expected product under RP, afforded 46 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (Bromo-Allyl-PEG4-CON HS) are obtained in the form of a pale yellow oil. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 1.02 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 454/456 ; [M+Na]+ : m/z 476/478; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 498/500.
4.4. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-f2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid At RT, a solution of 1 g of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (commercially available), 6 ml of TFA and 3 ml of DCM is stirred during 3 hrs, and then concentrated to dryness under RP. The oily residue is diluted with toluene and concentrated to dryness under RP affording 853 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid in the form of a brown oil.
Example 5 5.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 Conjugate hu2H 11 -PEG4-N HAc-DM4 could be prepared in a manner similar to example 1 : under stirring, at RT, 1 ml of hu2H 11 (8.52 mg/ml in buffer A) is added, then 0.7 ml of buffer A, 0.213 ml of HEPES 1 M, 0.7 ml of DMA, followed by 0.085 ml of a 10 mM DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester diluted with 0.128 ml of DMA. After 2 hrs at RT, the crude medium is concentrated on Amicon 4 at 7000 G, buffer exchanged with HGS buffer on Nap-10 column, and finally purified on a 5 ml Zeba column. 1.15 ml of hu2Hll-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 conjugate (c=3.78 mg/ml) was thus obtained. The conjugate is analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC analysis (method H) : DAR (UV)= 6.6 ; DAR (SEC)= 5.6 ; RT= 15.387 min monomeric purity= 99.7% ; HRMS data : see Fig.5.
Likewise, other conjugates involving hu2H11 and being described in examples 6-8 were prepared (see Table Ila).
Example 9: Inhibition of growth of MDA-MB231 tumor cells (from ECAAC ref. #
92020424) Cells in exponential phase of growth were trypsinized and resuspended in appropriate culture medium (DMEM/F12 Gibco #21331; 10% SVF Gibco # 10500-056; 2 nM Glutamine Gibco #
25030). Cell suspension was distributed in 96-well Cytostar culture plates (GE
Healthcare Europe, #RPNQ0163 ) in complete serum-containing media at a density of 5000 cells/well. After coating for 4 hrs, serial dilutions of conjugates were added to triplicate wells at concentrations ranging between 10-7 and 10-12 M. Cells were cultured at 37 C/5% CO2 in the presence of the conjugates for 3 days. The 4th day, 10 pl of a solution of 14C-thymidine (0.1 pCi/well (Perkin Elmer # NEC56825000)) was added to each well. The uptake of 14C-thymidine was measured 96 hrs after the experiment has been started with a microbeta radioactive counter (Perkin Elmer). Cell-free reagent blanks were substracted from the test well readings and the data were plotted as surviving fractions obtained by dividing readings of the conjugate-treated cells by the average of readings from control wells of vehicle-treated cells. In these experiments, the naked antibody (hu2H11 or hu2H11 R35R74) was added to the wells at a concentration of 1 pM at the beginning of the experiment, and inhibition of proliferation was measured as previously described.
Results reported in Tables Ila and Ilb suggest that the conjugates display strong in vitro proliferation inhibition properties on MDA-MB231 cells and act through binding to the antigen according to the competition study run in the presence of naked hu2H11 or/
hu2H11 R35R74.
Table Ila IC50 [pM]
conjugate DAR ratio (UV) conjugate + naked alone hu2H 11 hu2H11-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 (see ex.1.1) 6.6 895 75223 84 hu2H11-PEG8-NHAc-DM4 5.6 1007 20726 21 hu2H11-PEG4-Allyl-DM4 5.1 437 25907 59 hu2H11-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 4.1 1400 85379 61 Table Ilb IC50 [pM]
conjugate DAR ratio (UV) conjugate + naked alone hu2H11 R35R74 hu2H 11 R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 5.9 147 29731 202 hu2H 11 R35R74-PEG8-NHAc-DM4 4.9 400 24955 62 hu2H 11 R35R74-PEG4-Ally)-DM4 5.3 161 7820 49 hu2H11R35R74-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 5.4 217 36400 168 Example 10: L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-000Me 1) BrCHzCONHS
CH CI ' H
HzN~,0,~~0~,0^~O OH s _ Br^7~N,,O^/0,/,0^/0,, r 2) MeOH, TSM-CHN2 0 ZIIS
CA(PEG)4 L-DM4 DIPEA, DMA
S
J-H00\
O,~/k H
I I O ~10 O \
H
1 a N' H
O OH
10.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-000Me O
`
"KH O\/0 N 4~~
o y1 O O
Cl O O H
/O N =`H Molecular Weight =1099.74 OO Molecular Formula =C52H79CIN4O17S
H
/e OH
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, in a glass vial, 57.4 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester, a solution of 80 mg of L-DM4 in 0.44 ml of DMA, finally and 19.6 p1 of DIPEA are successfully introduced. After 18 hrs at RT, the crude is diluted with 10 ml of water, extracted with 3x7 ml of AcOEt. Organic phases are gathered, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under RP. 124 mg of a colourless oil are obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (Merck, C18, 5g, 25-40 pm, 18 ml/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 100:0 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 12.8 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-COOMe are obtained in the form of a colourless film.
Mass spectra (C) tR = 0.97 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 1099 ; [M-H]- : m/z 1097 ; 1H NMR (500 MHz, in Dom , chloroform-0.80 (s, 3 H); 1.21 (s, 3 H); 1.22 (s, 3 H); 1.24 to 1.35 (m, 7 H); 1.46 (td, J=6.4 and 10.2 Hz, 1 H); 1.57 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1 H); 1.64 (s, 3 H); 1.80 (ddd, J=4.9 and 11.5 and 14.6 Hz, 1 H); 1.92 (m, 1 H); 2.18 (dd, J=2.3 et 14.7 Hz, 1 H); 2.36 (ddd, J=4.8 and 11.4 and 16.2 Hz, 1 H); 2.52 (ddd, J=5.1 and 11.3 and 16.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.59 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H); 2.63 (m, 1 H); 2.86 (s, 3 H); 2.88 (m, 1 H); 2.98 (d, J=16.7 Hz, 1 H); 3.03 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 H); 3.15 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1 H); 3.23 (s, 3 H); 3.36 (s, 3 H); 3.42 (m, 2 H); 3.50 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 3.54 (m, 2 H); 3.63 (m, 13 H); 3.68 (s, 3 H); 3.75 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H); 3.99 (s, 3 H); 4.27 (t, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.78 (dd, J=2.2 et 12.1 Hz, 1 H); 5.42 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H); 5.66 (dd, J=9.1 and 15,4 Hz, 1 H); 6,21 (s, 1 H); 6,43 (dd, J=11.0 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.64 (s, 1 H); 6.74 (d, J=1 1,0 Hz, 1 H); 6.85 (s, 1 H); 7.05 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1 H).
10.2. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid methyl ester H
BrO Molecular Weight =400.27 IOI IOI Molecular Formula =C14H26BrNO7 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, 100 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid (CA(PEG)4, Pierce), 89 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester and 2 ml of DCM are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 1 hr at RT, 0.7 ml of MeOH and 0.38 ml of a 2 M trimethylsilydiazomethane solution in hexane are added. After 1 hr at RT, the crude reaction mixture is concentrated to dryness under RP, then diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (Merck, C18, 5g, 25-40 pm, 18 ml/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 100:0 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 58 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A) : tR = 0.75 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 400/402 Bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester could be prepared following published protocol (Biochemistry 1974, 481).
Example 11 : L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-COOMe 1) NaH, Mel 0 N,./-0-\/O_I O_\/O OH - OyN~/\O-\,O_/\O/\_ON_- /O., IIOII 2) MeOH, TSM-CHN2 I0 IOI
H. JQ~ dioxane ~ SV~i O O~ HN0 ..,-O-\,,O__~O_\_O0 0 BrCHzCONHS O ,/ I O
0 a DIPE, DMA
a ^' H Br- 7h O O - 7h 1 / a 0 0 N O
I
e 3 H
O OH
11.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-COOMe Oõ 1 0 O
` 2 01-1 O N
I / H Molecular Weight =1113.77 Molecular Formula =C53H81CIN4017S
e e H
,0 DH
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, in a glass vial, 30 mg of L-DM4, a solution of 20.8 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-amino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propion ic acid methyl ester in 0.3 ml of DMA, and 7.4 p1 of DIPEA are successfully introduced. After 18 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is diluted with 7 ml of AcOEt and washed twice with 5 ml of water. The organic phase is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under RP. 39 mg of a colourless glass are obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA/MeOH mixture and purified by chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (XTerra C18, 5 pm, 50x30 mm, 30m1/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under reduce pressure, 7.8 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-000Me are obtained in the form of a colourless solid.
Mass spectra (C) : tR= 1.00 min ; [M+H-H20]+ : m/z 1095 ; [M+Na+]+ : m/z 1135 ; [M-H+HCO2H]-: m/z 1157 ; [M-H]- : m/z 1 1 1 1 . 1H NMR (500 MHz, b in ppm , DMSO-d6) :
0.78 (s, 3 H) ; 1.12 (d, J=6.6Hz,3H); 1.16 (m,9H); 1.26 (m, 1 H); 1.40 to 1.51 (m,2H); 1.59(s,3H); 1.62 (m, 1 H);
1.87 (m, 1 H) ; 2.04 (m, 1 H) ; 2.28 (m, 1 H) ; 2.47 to 2.58 (m partially masked, 4 H) ; 2.73 (s, 3 H) ; 2.76 (s, 1 H) ; 2.80 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 H) ; 2.95 (s, 2 H) ; 3.10 (s, 3 H) ;
3.16 to 3.48 (m partially masked, 21 H) ; 3.25 (s, 3 H) ; 3.59 (s, 3 H) ; 3.63 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.93 (s, 3 H) ; 4.08 (m, 1 H);
4.53 (dd, J=2.9 to 11.9 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.32 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.58 (dd, J=9.3 to 15.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.89 (s, 1 H); 6.49 to 6.58 (m, 2 H) ; 6.62 (m, 1 H); 6.84 (s, 1 H); 7.19 (s, 1 H).
11.2. Preparation of 3-{2-f2-(2-{2-I(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-aminol-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester N_,~O_.~O_,~O_,~O O\ Molecular Weight =414.30 B,/'*Y Molecular Formula =C15H28l3rNO7 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, 127 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester, 102.2 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester and 1.2 ml of DCM are successfully added. After 45 min, the crude is concentrated under RP and purified by flash-chromatography on 5 g of CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n.heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing iPrOH portion). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 122 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-amino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A),: tR = 0.84 min ;
[M+H]+ : m/z 414/416.
Bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester could be prepared following published protocol (Biochemistry 1974, 481).
11.3. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-f2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester H0 Molecular Weight =293.36 Molecular Formula =C13H27NO6 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, 271.7 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester are solubilised in 2 ml of hydrochloric acid 4N solution in dioxane. After 18 hrs, the crude reaction medium is concentrated under RP, solubilised in 4 ml of MeOH and passed through a 3g SCX
SPE column (conditioning with 10 ml MeOH, washing with 10 ml MeOH and elution with ammonia 2N in MeOH). After concentration of elution fraction under RP, 146 mg of colourless oil are obtained. This oil was dissolved in AcOEt, dried on MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under RP.
127 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained as a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A) : tR = 0.40 min ; [M+H]+ :
m/z 294.
11.4. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid methyl ester O~O^"O O Molecular Weight =393.48 N
-.-- -0- N. Molecular Formula =C18H35NO8 O O
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, a solution of 227 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid in 0.644 ml of DCM and 0.644 ml of MeOH is cooled down to about 0 C with a water-ice-sodium chloride.
0.449 ml of a 2 M solution of trimethylsilydiazomethane in hexane are added, and after 17 hrs at RT, a 0.5 M solution of acetic acid in MeOH is added in order to achieve a pH
between 5 and 6.
The crude is diluted with AcOEt (30 ml), washed with water (2x15 ml), with brine (15 ml), and the organic phase is dried on MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under RP. 209.7 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained as a colourless oil. Mass spectra (AI: tR = 1.18 min ; [M+H]+ :
m/z 294, 338, 394.
11.5. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid * N O O OH -0- Molecular Weight =379.45 YMolecular Formula =C17H33NO8 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, a solution of 330 mg of commercially available 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylami no-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid in 4 ml of THE is cooled down to about 0 C with a water-ice-sodium chloride. 72.2 mg of NaH (70% in oil) are slowly added, and 25 min later 0.174 ml of Mel.
Cooling bath is removed, and after 3 hrs at RT, 120 mg of NaH and 0.2 ml of Mel are added.
After 1.5 hr at RT, a diluted aqueous solution of acetic acid is added in order to achieve a pH
between 5 and 6. The crude reaction mixture is diluted with AcOEt (30 ml), washed with water (2x20 ml), with brine (10 ml), and the organic phase is dried on MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under RP. 227 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid are obtained as a colourless oil. Mass spectra W: tR = 1.02 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 280, 380.
Example 12: L-DM4-AIlyl-PEG4-COOMe gr^%\ LOO TFA, CHzCIz S~LO O gr/~%\yO OH
0 _` I TMS-CHN2 O,~ 1 0 I DCM,MeOH
I 1 0 4 0 L-DM4 +
/O N ,.a DIPEA, DMA gr^~~y00"
I H _~ 4 O
= N' e e H
12.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-000Me s 0 0 \ 40 N
O O
Cl I O O 0 /0 N ,..s Molecular Weight =1068.73 H Molecular Formula =C52H78CIN3016S
N_~_10 H
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, in a glass vial, 36.7 mg of L-DM4, a solution of 20.8 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester in 0.37 ml of DMA, and finally 9.4 pl of DIPEA are successfully introduced. After 1.5 hrs at RT, and 18 hrs at -18 C, the reaction medium is purified by flash chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (Merck, C18, 5g, 25-40pm, 18 ml/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 100:0 to 5:95 by volume).
After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 18.2 mg of a white solid are obtained and purified by flash-chromatography on CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n.heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing AcOEt portion). 4.02 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-COOMe are obtained in the form of a white solid. Mass spectra (C) : tR = 1.09 min ; [M-H + HCOOH]- : m/z 1112; [M+Na]+ : m/z 1090. 1H NMR (500 MHz, in porn , chloroform-d) : 0.80 (s, 3 H); 1.18 to 1.26 (m, 7 H); 1,27 to 1.31 (m, 6 H);
1.40 a 1.50 (m, 1 H);
1.57 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 3 H); 1.64 (s, 3 H); 1.77 (ddd, J=4.8 and 11.7 and 14.5 Hz, 1 H); 1.91 (ddd, J=4.8 and 11.7 and 14.5 Hz, 1 H); 2.18 (dd, J=2.5 and 14.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.38 (m, 1 H); 2.57 (m, 4 H);
2.86 (s, 2 H); 2.89 (m, 1 H); 3.00 (m, 1 H); 3.04 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1 H); 3.11 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1 H); 3.23 (s, 3 H); 3.35 (s, 3 H); 3.50 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 3.55 (m, 2 H); 3.63 (m, 10 H); 3.69 (s, 3 H); 3.75 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H); 3.92 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.98 (s, 3 H); 4.27 (ddd, J=1.6 and 10.4 and 12.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.78 (dd, J=3.0 and 11.8 Hz, 1 H); 5,43 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H); 5.48 a 5,61 (m, 2 H); 5.67 (dd, J=9.2 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.42 (dd, J=11.3 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.65 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.77 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H); 6.82 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1 H).
12.2. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-f2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester Molecular Weight =369.26 Molecular Formula =C14H25BrO6 Under magnetic stirring, to a cooled solution (water-ice bath) of 50 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid in 1 ml of DCM and 0.25 ml of MeOH, 0.11 ml of a 2M trimethylsilydiazomethane solution in hexane are added. After removing the water-ice bath, the crude reaction mixture is stirred 1.5 hr at RT, neutralized with 2 drops of acetic acid and concentrated to dryness under RP. After azeotropic evaporation with toluene, 47 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of an amber oil. Mass spectra (A) : tR = 1.12 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 369/371.
Preparation of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid has been described in example 4.
Example 13: L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-000Me L
CA(PEG)8 H2N ^.I O OH
S~ JR~ a LL
\ H OV ro- 1) TMSCHN2 N O DCM,MeOH
0 0 2) BrCH2CONHS
>\O)\ CH2CI2 O N wd DMA
H 2CO Br O H 0-1-yo-N O
e 2 H
13.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-COOMe O
S`" HOO\
N $
O O
Cl I 0 O O
/O N ,H
Molecular Weight =1275.96 O Molecular Formula =C60H95CIN4021S
S H
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, in a glass vial, 60 mg of L-DM4, 11.4 mg of potassium carbonate, and a solution of 75 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester in 0.7 ml of DMA are successfully introduced. After 22 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is diluted with 12 ml of water, extracted with 2x10 ml of AcOEt. Organic phases are gathered, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under RP. 50 mg of a colourless oil are obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DCM and purified by flash-chromatography on 5 g CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing iPrOH
portion). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under reduce pressure, the residue is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (Merck, C18, 5g, 25-40pm, 12 ml/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 100:0 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 3.3 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-000Me are obtained in the form of a colourless film.
Mass spectra (C) : tR = 0.97 min ; [M-H]- + HCOOH: m/z 1319. 1H NMR (400 MHz, in ppm, chloroform-d) : 0.73 (s, 3 H); 1.10 to 1.19 (m, 7 H); 1.21 (s, 3 H); 1.23 (s, 3 H); 1.39 (td, J=6.1 and 10.1 Hz, 1 H); 1.50 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H); 1.57 (s, 3 H); 1.71 (m, 1 H); 1.85 (m, 1 H); 2.11 (dd, J=3.4 and 14.2 Hz, 1 H); 2.29 (ddd, J=5.1 and 11.1 and 16.0 Hz, 1 H); 2.45 (ddd, J=5.4 and 11.2 and 16.1 Hz, 1 H); 2.52 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3 H); 2.79 (s, 3 H); 2.82 (m, 1 H); 2.90 (m, 1 H); 2.96 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1 H); 3.07 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H); 3.15 (s, 3 H); 3.28 (s, 3 H); 3.35 (m, 2 H); 3.44 (m, 3 H); 3.56 (s, 29 H); 3.61 (s, 3 H); 3.68 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H); 3.91 (s, 3 H); 4.20 (t, J=12.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.70 (dd, J=3.2 and 12.0 Hz, 1 H); 5.35 (q, J=7,0 Hz, 1 H); 5.59 (dd, J=9.0 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.13 (s, 1 H);
6.35 (dd, J=11.0 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.57 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.67 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.78 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.96 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1 H).
13.2. Preparation of 3-{2-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester H
/^ ~' Br x Molecular Weight =576.48 IOI Molecular Formula =C22H42BrN011 IOI
Under magnetic stirring, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, at RT, 200 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid (CA(PEG)8, Pierce), 1.7 ml of DCM, 0.9 ml of MeOH, and 0.34 ml of a 2M
trimethylsilydiazomethane solution in hexane are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 30 min at RT, 0.1 ml of a 2M trimethylsilydiazomethane solution in hexane are added. After 25 min at RT, reaction mixture is neutralized by addition of a few drops of acetic acid, concentrated to dryness under RP, azeotroped with toluene. The so obtained colourless oil is diluted with a solution of 106.9 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in 0.7 ml of DCM. After 30 min at RT and 16 hrs at 4 C, the crude is purified by flash-chromatography on 20 g CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n.heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing iPrOH
portion). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 175 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (B) :
tR = 2.79 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 576/578.
Bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester could be prepared following published protocol (Biochemistry, 1974, 481).
Example 14:1 L-DM4-Mal-PEG4-COOMe s D
O N~/~O^/O~/~O^
qp 7)L-DM4 V.--^Y 0"
`.~ D EA O O O O
O IOI IOI 91'x//\ I ~ O O~
p 2) SiO, D
SM(PEG)4 DCM, MOOH
H
O
~
O
HH
14.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-Mal-PEG4-COOMe O
S
H
\N
N\/~/N~/\O^/O\/\p^/O\/~/O\
O, I O 0 IIOII 0 Cl O O %' O N ,.`H Molecular Weight =1210.84 O Molecular Formula =C57H84CIN5019S
N' 11, O
H
/O OH
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, 160 mg of L-DM4, 115.8 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[3-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl)-propionylamino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (commercially available, SM(PEG)4, Pierce), 0.6 ml of DMA, 55.1 mg of supported DIPEA (3.72 mmol/g), 0.3 ml of extra DMA and 6 pl of DIPEA are successively added.
After 1 hr at RT and 16 hrs at -20 C, the crude reaction mixture is filtered, washed with DCM, and purified by flash-chromatography on 20 g of silica gel (gradient of elution DCM:MeOH with increasing contribution of MeOH). After concentration of fractions containing the expected product under RP, 110 mg of a colourless film is obtained and purified on 10 g of silica gel (gradient of elution DCM:MeOH with increasing contribution of MeOH). After concentration of fractions containing the expected product under RP, 19.6 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-Mal-PEG4-COOMe are obtained in the form of a colourless glass. Mass spectra (A) : tR =
1.31 / 1.32 min (2 diastereoisomers) ; [M-H]- : m/z 1208. 1H NMR (500 MHz, in ppm, chloroform-d) : 0.73 (s, 3 H);
1.22 (m, 13 H); 1.39 (m, 1 H); 1.52 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1 H); 1.57 (s, 3 H); 1.78 (m, 1 H); 1.99 (m, 1 H);
2.11 (ddd, J=1.8 and 1.9 et 14.1 Hz, 1 H); 2.24 (ddd, J=4.7 and 11.5 and 15.9 Hz, 1 H); 2.38 (m, 3 H); 2.46 (m, 1 H); 2.53 (m, 3 H); 2.69 (s, 1 H); 2.82 (s, 3 H); 2.94 (dd, J=4,7 and 9.6 Hz, 1 H);
3.08 (m, 3 H); 3.14 (s, 3 H); 3.29 (s, 3 H); 3.34 (q, J=5.3 Hz, 2 H); 3.43 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 3.48 (td, J=1.8 and 5.1 Hz, 2 H); 3.58 (s, 13 H); 3.67 (m, 7 H); 3.91 (s, 3 H); 4.22 (t, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.70 (m, 1 H); 5.29 (m, 1 H); 5.59 (m, 1 H); 6.30 (s large, 1 H); 6.35 (dd, J=11.0 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H);
6.61 (m, 2 H); 6.76 (s, 1 H).
Example 15: Inhibition of growth of MDA-MB-231 and HCT116 tumor cells Cells in exponential phase of growth were trypsinized and resuspended in their respective culture medium (DMEM/F12 Gibco #21331; 10% SVF Gibco # 10500-056; 2 nM Glutamine Gibco #
25030 for MDA-MB231& MDA-A1 cells; DMEM (Gibco # 11960) 10% SVF Gibco # 10500-056;
2nM Glutamine Gibco # 25030 for HCT116 cells). Cell suspension was distributed in 96-well Cytostar culture plates (GE Healthcare Europe, # RPNQ0163 ) in complete serum-containing media at a density of 5000 cells/well (MDA-MB231, HCT116). After coating for 4 hrs, serial dilutions were added to triplicate wells. Cells were cultured at 37 C/5% CO2 in the presence of the drug for 3 days. On the 4th day, 10 pl of a solution of 14C thymidine (0.1 pCi/well (Perkin Elmer # NEC56825000) was added to each well. The uptake of 14C thymidine was measured 96 hrs after the experiment has been started with a microbeta radioactive counter (Perkin Elmer).
Cell-free reagent blanks were substracted from the test well readings and the data were plotted as surviving fractions obtained by dividing readings of the conjugate-treated cells by the average of readings from control wells of vehicle-treated cells.
Table III : cellular inhibition proliferation (IC50 in nM) example free-drug MDA-MB231 HCT116 10 L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-COOMe 15.3 13 11 L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-COOMe 28,3 18,5 12 L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-COOMe 1,5 0,8 F 14 L-DM4-Mal-PEG4-COOMe 31,7 33,6 As is visible, the products tested in the form of esters -COOMe present a strong in vitro proliferation inhibition properties on two different cell lines.
Example 16 : in vivo evaluation of the conjugates of hu2H11 and hu2H11R35R74 For the evaluation of anti-tumor activity of conjugates, animals were weighed daily and tumors were measured 2 times weekly by caliper. Tumor weights were calculated using the formula mass (mg) = [length (mm) x width (mm)2]/2. Antitumor activity evaluation was done at the highest non toxic dose (HNTD).
A dosage producing a 20% body weight loss (bwl) at nadir (mean of group) or 10% or more drug deaths, was considered an excessively toxic dosage. Animal body weights included the tumor weights. The primary efficacy end points are. AT/AC, percent median regression, partial and complete regressions (PR and CR) and Tumor free survivors (TFS).
Changes in tumor volume for each treated (T) and control (C) are calculated for each tumor by subtracting the tumor volume on the day of first treatment (staging day) from the tumor volume on the specified observation day. The median AT is calculated for the treated group and the median AC is calculated for the control group. Then the ratio AT/AC is calculated and expressed as a percentage: % AT/AC = median(Tt - TO) X100 median( t - CO) The dose is considered as therapeutically active when AT/AC is lower than 40%
and very active when AT/AC is lower than 10%. If AT/AC is lower than 0, the dose is considered as highly active and the percentage of regression is dated (ref 1):
% tumor regression: is defined as the % of tumor volume decrease in the treated group at a specified observation day compared to its volume on the first day of first treatment. At a specific time point and for each animal, % regression is calculated. The median %
regression is then volumes0 - volumes x 100 calculated for the group: /o regression (at t) = volumeto Partial regression (PR): Regressions are defined as partial if the tumor volume decreases to 50%
of the tumor volume at the start of treatment.
Complete regression (CR): Complete regression is achieved when tumor volume =
0 mm3 (CR is considered when tumor volume cannot be recorded).
TFS: Tumor free is defined as the animals with undetectable tumors at the end of the study.
Comparison between hu2H11-conjugate and hu2H11R35R74-conjugate \ ~H^~O0NH Ab yy __LL 4 O. I O O
CI I Q hu2H 11-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 "O N
H
H
hu2H 11 -conjugate OH
NH Ab O ~ N LL H^yO 4 I I Q 1.2H11R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 .1O N
H
H~O
hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate = GH
The antitumor activities of hu2hl 1-conjugate and hu2hl 1 R35R74-conjugate were evaluated at 2 dose levels agains a measurable primary colon tumor, CR-LRB-004P, strongly expressing target, S.C. implanted in female SCID mice. Control group was left untreated. Doses were expressed in milligram of protein per kilogram. hu2h11R35R74-conjugate was administered at 40 and 10 mg/kg, by an intravenous (IV) bolus injection, on day 15. To give equivalent dose of DM4, the hu2hl 1-conjugate was administered at 44 and 11 mg/kg. Results are given in Table IV.
Using a single administration schedule in CR-LRB-004P tumor, hu2h11R35R74-conjugate was active at 40 and 10 mg/kg with a AT/AC of 28% and 39% respectively while hu2hl 1 -conjugate was active only at 40 mg/kg with a AT/AC of 26%. At 10 mg/kg, hu2hl 1-conjugate was not active in this model. From these results, hu2hl 1 R35R74-conjugate at lower dose exhibited a better activity than hu2hl 1-conjugate.
Conjugate optimization, selection of the optimal Drug Antibody Ratio DAR -Impact of the DAR on the anti-tumor activity of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate against prostatic adenocarcinoma PC-3 in SCID female mice The effect of the DAR on the antitumor activity of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate was evaluated comparing two low effective doses at six different Drug antibody ratios (DAR) on Prostatic PC-3 tumors S.C. implanted in female SCID. Control group was left untreated. Doses were expressed in milligram of protein per kilogram. DAR was determined by an UV method.
hu2H11R35R74-conjugate was administered at 10 and 5 mg/kg with DARs at 3.4, 4.4, 5.9, 6.2, 7.4 and 8.4, respectively, by an intravenous (IV) bolus injection, on day 16. Results are given in Table V.
=L
E
C
C
E
V
C
cc U U U U
< < C
cc 0) cc (c O 0) O O z O O
C
`1 w w w 00 O O O O
r Q' 0 0 0 0 0 o0 N
3 ~3 W m w w oo I
o 0 0 0 cc N
cc o 0) c U
R _ao NO N 01 (O (O
=~ 'O ~. V Cl) N r d F R aJ
V o N o N N LO
R O R >.'a N u E C R R N (O co I~
> 3 'O C 06 M In V
0 a Q Q R
O
R R (O (O (O o0 y R y O O O O
pvp-a cc 0 vc y Of O- O 6 V (O V
E
o E o. Ep 0 It c-y+ O' 3 >
d tU~ L
- to C d d Q O
0 O R Y E > E
~ d' p J '~ (O (O
V p E
W r 0) N M
m to Cm LO
E II .~ II p > CM
0 Z) O
a F
o = o L L
H Cn U) Q
O
m E
m V
w V
C
V
yr U) C
C) LfC a) N > > > > > > > >
Q E N . . . . . .
E N .U C) < < < < < < < <
U) 0 Q C t t t t t t t t O) O) O) O) O) O) O) O) +"~ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 U 00030"1'0003 Z O Z O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O
yr cc y~i W W W W W W W W W W W O
C) O co co co co co co co co co co CO O
o U0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o N o 0 O) co Co CO CO W W W W W CO CO 2 LJ_ a s O 0 LO LO N N (V I- N
Lr) c m o 0 > N N N co CO (fl N (D 0 (1) LO
= Q ' 6 N o t c U
N a o N
m 00 0N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = NH C uU V V V V V V V
O H 2a' _0 ( N
yr V .y N- E N N V I.f) (~') (~') v O O m (~') (fl (fl cc Q N (6 V V I.f) I.f) W I.f) (O (p (!1 O) 7 7 Q Q
L Q
O
W W W W W W W W W W W O O) E _ U) O O O O O O O O O O O
O O C
O N
N O- O
c3 cc O
(N6 y_) O N O N O N O N O N O N
U O
O O) .~ 'O
O U N m m m m m m m 3 t N
O M ~m O ) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0 U) (~ a J J J J J J N
3 0 N J ) V > E > E > E > E > E > E
~'~ (fl (fl (fl (fl (fl (fl Q
W O
=~ It V' p) N V' U
> II II II II II II Q
~ N a~6i cc V
H cc (n Using a single administration schedule, hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate at 10 mg/kg showed an activity from a DAR of 4.4 to 8.4. At 5 mg/kg, hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate showed an activity from a DAR
of 5.9 to 4. In conclusion, the DAR has an effect on the tumor activity of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate. From these results on a specific tumor, the DAR(UV) should be above 4. The optimal DAR will be at least equal to 5.9.
Example 17 : evaluation of DAR on the PK parameters of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate The pharmacokinetic properties of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate at different drug-antibody ratio (DAR) were evaluated in male CD-1 mice after a single intravenous (IV) administration of 20 mg/kg of conjugate. Plasma levels of conjugates were measured to establish basic single dose pharmacokinetic parameters under standard conditions. PK parameters were compared to those of the naked parental antibody. The plasma concentrations of conjugates and their antibody component (total antibody, a sum of conjugated antibody and any de-conjugated antibody) were measured by specific ELISA techniques. Results are given on Fig.7.
Results showed a reverse correlation between the DAR values and the exposure to the total antibody components with AUCO-oo values of 83,000,000, 61,000,000, 48,000,000, 46,000,000, 41,000,000 and 27,000,000 ng = h/mL for DAR of 0, 3.4, 4.3, 5.9, 6.6 and 7.4, respectively.
Similarly there is a reverse correlation between the DAR values and the exposure to the conjugate with AUCO-oo values of 39,000,000, 30,000,000, 27,000,000, 29,000,000 and 20,000,000 ng = h/mL
for DAR of 3.4, 4.3, 5.9, 6.6 and 7.4, respectively.
There is a perfect correlation between the DAR values and the elimination of the antibody component with Cl values of 0.00024, 0.00033, 0.00042, 0.00043, 0.00049 and 0.00074 L/h/kg for DAR 0, 3.4, 4.3, 5.9, 6.6 and 7.4, respectively.
Similarly there is almost a perfect correlation between the DAR values and the elimination of the conjugate with Cl values of 0.00051, 0.00066, 0.00075, 0.00069, 0.00099 L/h/kg for DAR 3.4, 4.3, 5.9, 6.6 and 7.4, respectively.
In conclusion, the DAR has an impact on the PK parameters with a decreased exposure and an increased elimination when the DAR increases. According to results from efficacy and PK
evaluation, the optimal DAR will be included between 5.9 and 7.4.
Example 18 : evaluation of hu2H11R35R74 conjugate against prostatic adenocarcinoma PC-3 in SCID female mice The antitumor effect of antibody drug conjugate hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate having a DAR=5.9 was evaluated at 8 dose levels against measurable prostatic PC-3 tumor, strongly expressing target, S.C. implanted in female SCID mice. Control group was left untreated.
Doses were expressed in milligram of protein per kilogram. They were administered at 160, 120, 80, 40, 20, 10, 5 and 2.5 mg/kg, by an intravenous (IV) bolus injection, on day 17.
Results are given in Table VI.
Using a single administration schedule, the highest dose of conjugate tested (160 mg/kg) was found to be toxic, inducing body weight loss and drug-related deaths. At the HNTD (120 mg/kg) and other lowest doses, the compound was highly active. For all doses except for 2.5 mg/kg, hu2H 11 R35R74-conjugate induced partial regressions and for 120, 80 and 20 mg/kg, it induced complete regressions. In addition, the tumor model was cachexic, and the administration of the compound reduced the body weight loss at nadir in comparison with Control. In conclusion, hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate showed a high activity with a good dose-effect on Prostatic PC-3 tumor model.
a) co E
fC C`
Q
r-N Z O
O
U V
C
LU L
O O
N N
C II
0 N a) v m a a N L
C o O
N V I-N
M `- 4o m tea' v v O
a) CL
N
w 2 0 0 N
0 a)~E~~ m > '- (6 +~+ Q
Z O) O t U 7 N > v l!1 (O
LC ~~~ N O O
L .ice E
U) O- O O O
O) 0):J -O O O
O Y O g O
0 E.-W U
C C
0 O C Y O) p m > J
E E
Q O J N (O
fC 0 E
W
N (i O N
_ Q
H E
(2 mM) - Buffer HGS (pH 5.5) : histidine (10 mM), glycine (130 mM), sucrose 5% (w/v), HCI (8 mM) Abreviations used AcOEt : ethyl acetate ; ALK: (C1-C12)alkylene group, particularly (C1-C6)alkylene ; DAR : Drug Antibody Ratio ; DBU : 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene ; DCC : N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide ; DCM : dichloromethane ; DEAD :
diethylazodicarboxylate ; DIC : N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide ; DIPEA: N,N-diisopropylethylamine; DMA :
dimethylacetamide ;
DMAP : 4-dimethylaminopyridine; DME: dimethoxyethane ; DMF : dimethylformamide ; DMSO:
dimethylsulfoxyde ; s : molar extinction coefficient ; EEDQ : 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline ; EDCI : N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide ;
EDTA : ethylene-diamine-tetraacetic acid ; Fmoc: fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl ; Hal : halogen atom ; HOBt : 1-hydroxybenzotriazole ; HEPES : 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazine-ethanesulfonic acid ; HRMS
High Resolution Mass Spectroscopy ; NHS : N-hydroxysuccinimide ; iPrOH : iso-propyl alcool NMP : N-methylpyrrolidinone ; Rf : retention factor ; RP : reduced pressure ;
RT : room temperature ; SEC : Size Exclusion Chromatography ; TBDMS : tert-butyldimethylsilyl ; TEA :
triethylamine ; TFA : trifluoroacetic acid ; TFAA : trifluoroacetic anhydride ; TFF : Tangential Flow Filtration ; THE : tetrahydrofurane ; TIPS : triisopropylsilyl ; TLC : Thin Layer Chromatography ; tR
: retention time.
Antibodies used in the examples Two antibodies were used to prepare the conjugates :
- hu2H11 : (also referenced hu53 2H11 in WO 2008010101) : the antibody is produced by a hybridoma deposited under the Budapest Treaty at the American Type Culture Collection, under the accession number PTA-7662, and is described in PCT application WO
2008/010101 ;
- hu2H11 R35R74 : this humanized antibody binds to an EphA2 receptor and is obtained by site-directed mutagenesis of hu53 2H11, consisting of heavy chain of sequence SEQ ID
NO: 18 and light chain of SEQ NO : 16.
Example 1 3-[2-(2-[2-(2-b rom o-acetyl am in o) -eth oxy]-ethoxy] -ethoxy)-eth oxy] -pro pion i c acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester S 1) BrCH2CONH H U
OH CHCI 2 BNN~IO^/O~/\O//O,I~/O, CA(PEG)4 IOI 2) DIC IOI IOI
O DMA O
N OON O
S~H~ LONH Ab DI N_~~ 0 O O _L O O
hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 CI 0 0 O .,,H CI 0 O_ O L-DM4 AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester N. '0 Antibody /O Nk N aaH Buffer, DMA aH
% ? N___O a N_~__O
'- = H H
O OH O OH
1.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, 9 ml of hu2H11 R35R74 (14.36 mg/ml in buffer A) are added, then 16.85 ml of buffer A, 3.23 ml of HEPES 1M, 1.59 ml of DMA, followed by 1.64 ml of a 10 mM
5 DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester. After 1 hr 30 min at RT, an extra 0.085 ml of 10 mM DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester is added. After 1 hours 45 min at RT, the crude conjugation medium is diluted with 60 ml of HGS
buffer and purified by TFF on Pellicon 3 cassettes. The sample is diafiltered against -10 sample volumes of HGS buffer and then collected. The TFF tank and lines are washed with an extra 10 ml of HGS
10 buffer. The two solutions are mixed, filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF, concentrated on Amicon 15 and filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF. 17 ml of hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 conjugate (c=5.76 mg/ml) was thus obtained. The conjugate is then analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC analysis (method H) : DAR (SEC)= 5.4 ; RT=
16.757 min monomeric purity= 99.5% ; HRMS data : see Fig.1.
1.2. Preparation of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 154.3 mg of L-DM4 (prepared according to WO
04/103272 - see compounds 4b) are introduced in a glass vial. A solution of 90 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in 0.94 ml of DMA is then added, followed by 36 pl of DIEA. After 23 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is diluted with 5 ml of AcOEt and washed with 7 ml of water. The aqueous phase is extracted with 5 ml of AcOEt. The combined organic phases are dried over MgS04, concentrated to dryness under RP. 228 mg of pale yellow viscous oil are obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions 2 and 3 under RP, a colourless viscous oil is obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions 33 to 35 under RP, 41 mg of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester are obtained in the form of a white meringue-like product. Mass spectra (B) : RT= 4,06 min; [M+H-H20]+ : m/z 1164 ; [M+H]+ :
m/z 1182 ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 1226 ; 1H NMR (500 MHz, b in ppm, chloroform-d) : 0.80 (s, 3 H) ; 1.21 (s, 3 H) ; 1.22 (s, 3 H); 1.25 (m, 1 H) ; 1.29 (d, J=6,7 Hz, 6 H) ;
1.46 (m, 1 H) ; 1.57 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1 H) ; 1.64 (s, 3 H ); 1.76 to 1.83 (m, 1 H) ; 1.88 to 1.96 (m, 1 H) ; 2.18 (dd, J=2.5 et 14.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.36 (m, 1 H); 2.53 (m, 1 H); 2.61(dd, J=12.5 and 14.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.82 to 2.92 (m, 10 H ; 2.98 (d, J= 16.7 Hz,1 H); 3.03 (d,J=9.6Hz,1 H); 3.15 (d,J=12.9 Hz,1 H);
3.22 (s,3H);
3.32 (s broad, 1 H) ; 3.36 (s, 3 H) ; 3.42 (m, 2 H) ; 3v50 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.53 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.58 to 3v67 (m, 13 H) ; 3.84 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.99 (s, 3 H) ; 4.27 (m,1 H) ; 4.77 (dd, J=2.9 and 11.9 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.42 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.66 (dd, J=9.1 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H
); 6.23 (s,1 H) ;
6.43 (dd, J=11.3 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.64 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.74 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.85 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 7.08 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1 H) 1.3. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 671.4 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid (CA(PEG)4, Pierce) are introduced in a glass vial. A solution of 597.4 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in 14 ml of DCM is then added. After 15 min at RT, 0.396 ml of DIC is added. After 1 hr 30 min, the crude reaction medium is filtered on sintered glass, and the filtrate is purified by flash-chromatography on 100 g of CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing iPrOH portion).
After concentration of fractions 30 to 45 under RP, 761 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 0.74 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 483/485 (two peaks due to the two isotopes of Br) ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 527/529 (two peaks due to the two isotopes of Br).
Bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester could be prepared following published protocol (Biochemistry 1974, 481).
Example 2 1)TMSCH2N2 _ IFN
H N O O OH CHzCIzMeOH F_ ^ Y0 F-r v IOI 2) (CF3C0)20, 0 0 CA(PEG)4 CH CI ,TEA 1) NaH, Mel, THE
z z 2) LION, THF, H20 1) BrCHzCONHS
B ^ 'N N'--O^.-O-_-O^-O` ^'O CH2CIz HN O O OH
0 L-DM4 O 2) DIC II
O O
DMA
DIEA
JQ~ 1I S Ovate{ NH Ab SV ~N Ova( ~~O 'x0\ VI J40 4101 ; O O
O.1 O p Cl Q
Cl O ~ p hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 I aH Antibody O \ N O"
Buffer, DMA H
/ N___O /O OHH
H
2.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 Under magnetic stirring at RT, 4 ml of hu2H11 R35R74 (14.36 mg/ml in buffer A) are added, then 7.5 ml of buffer A, 1.45 ml of HEPES 1 M, 1.05 ml of DMA, followed by 0.39 ml of a 10mM DMA
solution of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-CONHS activated ester. After 30 min at RT, an extra 0.19 ml of mM DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-CONHS activated ester is added. After 3 hrs at RT, the crude conjugation medium is diluted with 65 ml of HGS buffer and purified by TFF on Pellicon 3 cassette. The sample is diafiltered against -10 sample volumes of HGS buffer and then collected. The TFF tank and lines are washed with an extra 10 ml of HGS
buffer. The two 10 solutions are mixed, concentrated on Amicon 15 and filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF. 8.5 ml of hu2H11R35R74-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 conjugate (c=6.01 mg/ml) was thus obtained.
The conjugate is then analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC
analysis (H) : DAR
(SEC)= 5.5; RT= 16.7 min; monomeric purity= 99.4% ; HRMS data : see Fig.2.
2.2. Preparation of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-CONHS activated ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 133.4 mg of L-DM4 are introduced in a glass vial. A solution of 85 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-amino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propion ic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in 0.2 ml of DMA is then added, followed by 32.9 pl of DIEA.
After 1 hours at RT, the reaction medium is purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the desired product under RP, 71.3 mg of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-CONHS activated ester are obtained in the form of a colourless glass-like product. Mass spectra (D) : RT=0.98 min ; [M+H-H20]+ : m/z 1178 (main signal) ; [M+Na]+ :
m/z 1218 ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 1240 ; 1H NMR (500 MHz, 6 in porn , chloroform-d) : 0.81 (s, 3 H) ; 1.20 to 1.33 (m, 13 H); 1.42 to 1.52 (m, 1 H); 1.56 to 1.61 (m, 1 H); 1.65 (s,3H); 1.73 to 1.83 (m, 1 H);
1.96 to 2.04 (m, 1 H) ; 2.19 (dd, J=2.8 and 14.4 Hz, 1 H) ; 2.29 to 2.41 (m, 1 H) ; 2.55 to 2.66 (m, 2H)2.83to2.93(m, 12 H) ; 3.04 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.12 (d, J= 12.7 Hz, 1 H) 3.18 to 3.25 (m, 5H);3.37(s,3H);3.47to3.54(m,3H);3.57to3.68(m, 15 H) ; 3.85 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.99 (s, 3 H) ; 4.29 (m, 1 H) ; 4.79 (dd, J=2.8 and 12.2 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.41 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.68 (dd, J=9.3 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.23 (s, 1 H) ; 6.43 (dd, J=11.0 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H) ;
6.66 (s, 1 H) ; 6.74 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.83 (s, 1 H).
2.3. Preparation of 3-{2-f2-(2-{2-I(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-aminol-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester IIOII IOI o Under magnetic stirring, at RT, in a round bottom flask, 115.1 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid, 1.5 ml of DCM, 97.3 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are successively introduced. After 2 h, 72 pl of DIEA are added, and after a further 1 hour at RT, 70.2 pl of DIC are added. The crude reaction medium is kept 4 hrs at RT, 16 hrs at -20 C, and then purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of silica gel (gradient of elution DCM:methanol from 0:100 to 3:97 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the desired product under RP, 85.8 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-amino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are obtained in the form of a white solid. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 0.84 min; [M+H]+ : m/z 497/499 2.4. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-I2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid HN~~O^~O~~O^/O` OH
Under an inert atmosphere of argon, in a round bottom flask, with magnetic stirring, 120.1 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester, 1 ml of anhydrous THE and 59.8 pl of CH31 and successively introduced.
The reaction medium is cooled with a ice/water bath at about 0 C, and 16.1 mg of NaH (50%
pure in oil) is slowly added by small portions. After 15 min at 0 C, and 1 hr at RT, the crude reaction medium is concentrated to dryness under RP, and diluted with 0.5 ml of THE and 0.8 ml of water. At RT, 30.6 mg of LiOH is then added to the reaction medium. The crude reaction medium is kept 2 hrs at RT, 16 hrs at -20 C, and then purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile from 95:5 to 5:95 by volume).
After concentration of fractions containing the desired product under RP, 115.3 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid are obtained in the form of a yellow oil.
2.5. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid methyl ester F
F' O\
Under an inert atmosphere of argon, in a round bottom flask, with magnetic stirring, 230 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid (CA(PEG)4, Pierce) 2 ml of DCM and 1 ml of methanol are successively introduced. At RT, 1 ml of trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2M solution in hexane) is slowly added to the reaction medium. After 2 hrs at RT, the excess of trimethylsilyldiazomethane is neutralized by addition of acetic acid. The crude is then evaporated to dryness under RP. The residue obtained is diluted with 2 ml of DCM, cooled to 0 C with a water-ice bath, then 363 pl of TEA and 300 pl of TFAA are successively added.
After 2 hrs 30 min at RT and 19 hrs at -20 C, 363 pl of TEA and 300 pl of TFAA are successively added. After 4 hrs 30 min at RT and the crude is stocked at -20 C and then purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C18-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile from 95:5 to 5:95 by volume).
After concentration of fractions containing the desired product under RP, 123 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of a pale-yellow oil. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 0.90 min ;
[M+H]+ : m/z 376 [M-H]- : m/z 374.
D
Example 3 I'o 1) BrCHzCONHS Br N-^~- Iryo O`
HzN^~O OH CHzCIz _ H OM4 ~/ML 8y JQ~ CA(PEG)8 O 2) DIC I DDIVIA
IEA S pp 0H NSV H/NLONH Ab +I OO` O
Oõ 1 O Oõ 1 O
~y ` hu2H11 R35R74-PEGS-AcNH-DM4 O
CI O/
I ' O ar+ CI I O O O .H L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-CONHS
O \ N Offi \ N m I
/ aH Antibody =H
O Buffer, DMA O
N~O
H a e H
O OH OH
3.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11R35R74-PEG8-NHAc-DM4 Under magnetic stirring at RT, 4 ml of hu2H11 R35R74 (14.36 mg/ml in buffer A) are added, then 7.5 ml of buffer A, 1.45 ml of HEPES 1 M, 1.05 ml of DMA, followed by 0.405 ml of a 10 mM DMA
solution of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG8-CONHS activated ester. After 30 min at RT, an extra 0.1 ml of 10 mM DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG8-CONHS activated ester is added. After 1 hr 45 min at RT, the crude conjugation medium is diluted with 60 ml of HGS buffer and purified by TFF on Pellicon 3 cassette. The sample is diafiltered against -10 sample volumes of HGS buffer and then collected. The TFF tank and lines are washed with an extra 10 ml of HGS
buffer. The two solutions are mixed, concentrated on Amicon 15 and filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF. 7.0 ml of hu2H11R35R74-PEG8-AcNMe-DM4 conjugate (c= 6.95 mg/ml) was thus obtained.
The conjugate is then analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC
analysis (H) : DAR
(SEC)= 5.0; RT= 16.593 min; monomeric purity = 99.5% ; HRMS data : see Fig.3.
3.2. Preparation of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-CONHS activated ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 65 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(3-bromo-propionylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are introduced in a glass vial, followed by a solution of 67.7 mg of L-DM4 in 0.85 ml of DMA and 16.5 pl of DIEA. After 48 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is purified by flash-5 chromatography on 10 g of silica gel (gradient of elution DCM:MeOH 100:0 to 90:10 by volume).
After concentration of fractions 18 to 26 under RP, 17 mg of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-CONHS
activated ester are obtained in the form of a colourless glass. Mass spectra (B): : RT= 4.08 min [M+H-H20]+ : m/z 1340 (main signal) ; [M+Na]+ : m/z 1380 ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 1402 ; 1H NMR
(400 MHz, 6 in Porn , chloroform-d) : 0.81 (s, 3 H) ; 1.22 (s, 3 H) ; 1.23 (s, 3 H) ; 1.26 (m, 1 H) 10 1.30 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6 H) ; 1.41 to 1.52 (m, 1 H); 1.65(s,3H); 1.80(m, 1 H);
1.89 to 1.99 (m, 1 H) ;2.19(m, 1 H) ; 2.37 (m, 1 H) 2.47 to 2.67 (m, 2 H) ; 2.81 to 2.93 (m, 10 H) ;
2.99 (d, J= 16.6 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.04 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.16 (d broad, J=13.7 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.23 (s, 3 H) ; 3.32 (s broad, 1 H) ;
3.37 (s,3H);3.44(m,2H)3.51 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 3.54 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.59 to 3.73 (m, 29 H) ; 3.86 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H) ; 4.00 (s, 3 H) ; 4.22 to 4.33 (m, 1 H) ; 4.78 (dd, J=2.9 and 12.2 Hz, 1 15 H); 5.43 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H); 5.67 (dd, J=9.0 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.23 (s, 1 H); 6.44 (dd, J=1 1.2 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.65 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.75 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.86 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H) 7.02 to 7.13 (m, 1 H).
3.3. Preparation of 3-{2-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-{2-f2-(3-bromo-propionylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-20 ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester :
Under magnetic stirring at RT, 100 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid (CA(PEG)4, Pierce), 2 ml of DCM and 53.5 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-25 pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 1 hr at RT, 35.1 pl of DIC are added. After 1 hr, the crude reaction medium is filtered on sintered glass, concentrated to dryness under RP, dilute with 10 ml of AcOEt, filtered on sintered glass and concentrated to dryness under RP. 76.5 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(3-bromo-propionylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 0.80 min ; [M+H]+ :
m/z 659/661 ; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 703/705 Example 4 Supported DCC ^/ r 0 O O~ TFA, Br OOH ~Br ~O-O
Br O L
N DMA O
DIEA
N ~` O n0 O
O, I 0 hu2H11R35R74-PEG4-aIIyI-DM4 O, I 0 \!~` \!~` L-DM,aIIyl-PEG4-CONHS
0 { Antibody I I O Ji O N õaa Buffer, DMA O " N õaI H H
O O
N~O
N-J--O *OHH
H ? O OH O 4.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-AIIyI-DM4 Under magnetic stirring at RT, 4 ml of hu2H11 R35R74 (14.36 mg/ml in buffer A) are added, then 7.5 ml of buffer A, 1.45 ml of HEPES 1M, 1.14 ml of DMA, followed by 0.3 ml of a 10 mM DMA
solution of L-DM4-AIIyI-PEG4-CON HS activated ester. After 30 min at RT, an extra 0.125 ml of 10 mM DMA solution of L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-CONHS activated ester is added. After 1 hr 25 min at RT, the crude conjugation medium is diluted with 65 ml of HGS buffer and purified by TFF on Pellicon 3 cassette. The sample is diafiltered against -10 sample volumes of HGS buffer and then collected. The TFF tank and lines are washed with an extra 10 ml of HGS
buffer. The two solutions are mixed, concentrated on Amicon 15 and filter-sterilized through 0.22 m PVDF. 8.0 ml of hu2H11 R35R74-PEG4-Allyl-DM4 conjugate (c=5.22 mg/ml) was obtained. The conjugate is then analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC analysis (H) : DAR
(SEC)= 5.3 RT= 16.767 min ; monomeric purity= 99.4% ; HRMS data : see Fig.4.
4.2. Preparation of L-DM4-AIIyI-PEG4-CONHS activated ester Under magnetic stirring at RT, 70 mg of L-DM4, 45 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (Bromo-AIIyI-PEG4-CONHS), 0.5 ml of DMA and 23.5 pl of DIEA are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 2 hrs at RT and 17 hrs at -20 C, 50 pl of DIEA is added. After 24 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is purified by flash-chromatography on 30 g of C-18 grafted silica gel (gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected product under RP, 47.1 mg of L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-CONHS activated ester are obtained in the form of a white solid. Mass spectra (D) : RT= 1.06 min ; [M+Na]+ : m/z 1173 ; 1H NMR (500 MHz, 6 in prim , chloroform-d) : 0.81 (s, 3 H) ; 1.18 to 1.39 (m, 13 H) ; 1.42 to 1.52 (m, 1 H) ; 1.58 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1 H) ; 1.65 (s, 3 H) ; 1.73 to 1.82 (m, 1 H) ; 1.86 to 1.95 (m, 1 H) ; 2.19 (d, J=14.3 Hz, 1 H) ; 2.40 (m, 1 H); 2.51 to 2.65 (m, 2 H) ; 2.82 to 2.95 (m, 9 H) ; 2.98 to 3.07 (m, 2 H) ; 3.12 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1 H); 3.18 to 3.27 (m, 1 H); 3.23 (s, 3 H) ;3.36 (s, 3 H) ;
3.51 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H);
3.54 to 3.82 (m, 13 H) ; 3.86 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.91 to 3.95 (m, 2 H) ;
3.99 (s, 3 H) ; 4.28 (t, J=11.0 Hz, 1 H) ; 4.78 (dd, J=2.6 and 11.9 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.44 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.49 to 5.63 (m, 2 H) ; 5.68 (dd, J=9.1 and 15.0 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.24 (s, 1 H) ; 6.43 (dd, J=11.1 and 15.0 Hz, 1 H) ; 6.66 (s, 1 H) ; 6.77 (d, J=11.1 Hz,1 H) ; 6.83 (s, 1 H).
4.3. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-f2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester ll0 O_N
O
At RT, 200 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid, 4 ml of DCM and 232.3 mg of supported DCC (2 equivalents) are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 1 hr at RT, 64.8 mg of NHS are added. After 5 hrs at RT, the crude is filtered on sintered glass, solids are washed with DCM, and the combined filtrates are concentrated to dryness under RP. Purification by flash-chromatography on 15 g of silica gel (gradient of elution MeOH:DCM 0:100 to 10:90 by volume), and concentration of fractions containing the expected product under RP, afforded 46 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (Bromo-Allyl-PEG4-CON HS) are obtained in the form of a pale yellow oil. Mass spectra (A) : RT= 1.02 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 454/456 ; [M+Na]+ : m/z 476/478; [M-H+HCO2H]- : m/z 498/500.
4.4. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-f2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid At RT, a solution of 1 g of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (commercially available), 6 ml of TFA and 3 ml of DCM is stirred during 3 hrs, and then concentrated to dryness under RP. The oily residue is diluted with toluene and concentrated to dryness under RP affording 853 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid in the form of a brown oil.
Example 5 5.1. Preparation of conjugate hu2H11-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 Conjugate hu2H 11 -PEG4-N HAc-DM4 could be prepared in a manner similar to example 1 : under stirring, at RT, 1 ml of hu2H 11 (8.52 mg/ml in buffer A) is added, then 0.7 ml of buffer A, 0.213 ml of HEPES 1 M, 0.7 ml of DMA, followed by 0.085 ml of a 10 mM DMA solution of L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-CONHS activated ester diluted with 0.128 ml of DMA. After 2 hrs at RT, the crude medium is concentrated on Amicon 4 at 7000 G, buffer exchanged with HGS buffer on Nap-10 column, and finally purified on a 5 ml Zeba column. 1.15 ml of hu2Hll-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 conjugate (c=3.78 mg/ml) was thus obtained. The conjugate is analyzed for final drug load and monomeric purity. SEC analysis (method H) : DAR (UV)= 6.6 ; DAR (SEC)= 5.6 ; RT= 15.387 min monomeric purity= 99.7% ; HRMS data : see Fig.5.
Likewise, other conjugates involving hu2H11 and being described in examples 6-8 were prepared (see Table Ila).
Example 9: Inhibition of growth of MDA-MB231 tumor cells (from ECAAC ref. #
92020424) Cells in exponential phase of growth were trypsinized and resuspended in appropriate culture medium (DMEM/F12 Gibco #21331; 10% SVF Gibco # 10500-056; 2 nM Glutamine Gibco #
25030). Cell suspension was distributed in 96-well Cytostar culture plates (GE
Healthcare Europe, #RPNQ0163 ) in complete serum-containing media at a density of 5000 cells/well. After coating for 4 hrs, serial dilutions of conjugates were added to triplicate wells at concentrations ranging between 10-7 and 10-12 M. Cells were cultured at 37 C/5% CO2 in the presence of the conjugates for 3 days. The 4th day, 10 pl of a solution of 14C-thymidine (0.1 pCi/well (Perkin Elmer # NEC56825000)) was added to each well. The uptake of 14C-thymidine was measured 96 hrs after the experiment has been started with a microbeta radioactive counter (Perkin Elmer). Cell-free reagent blanks were substracted from the test well readings and the data were plotted as surviving fractions obtained by dividing readings of the conjugate-treated cells by the average of readings from control wells of vehicle-treated cells. In these experiments, the naked antibody (hu2H11 or hu2H11 R35R74) was added to the wells at a concentration of 1 pM at the beginning of the experiment, and inhibition of proliferation was measured as previously described.
Results reported in Tables Ila and Ilb suggest that the conjugates display strong in vitro proliferation inhibition properties on MDA-MB231 cells and act through binding to the antigen according to the competition study run in the presence of naked hu2H11 or/
hu2H11 R35R74.
Table Ila IC50 [pM]
conjugate DAR ratio (UV) conjugate + naked alone hu2H 11 hu2H11-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 (see ex.1.1) 6.6 895 75223 84 hu2H11-PEG8-NHAc-DM4 5.6 1007 20726 21 hu2H11-PEG4-Allyl-DM4 5.1 437 25907 59 hu2H11-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 4.1 1400 85379 61 Table Ilb IC50 [pM]
conjugate DAR ratio (UV) conjugate + naked alone hu2H11 R35R74 hu2H 11 R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 5.9 147 29731 202 hu2H 11 R35R74-PEG8-NHAc-DM4 4.9 400 24955 62 hu2H 11 R35R74-PEG4-Ally)-DM4 5.3 161 7820 49 hu2H11R35R74-PEG4-NMeAc-DM4 5.4 217 36400 168 Example 10: L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-000Me 1) BrCHzCONHS
CH CI ' H
HzN~,0,~~0~,0^~O OH s _ Br^7~N,,O^/0,/,0^/0,, r 2) MeOH, TSM-CHN2 0 ZIIS
CA(PEG)4 L-DM4 DIPEA, DMA
S
J-H00\
O,~/k H
I I O ~10 O \
H
1 a N' H
O OH
10.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-000Me O
`
"KH O\/0 N 4~~
o y1 O O
Cl O O H
/O N =`H Molecular Weight =1099.74 OO Molecular Formula =C52H79CIN4O17S
H
/e OH
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, in a glass vial, 57.4 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester, a solution of 80 mg of L-DM4 in 0.44 ml of DMA, finally and 19.6 p1 of DIPEA are successfully introduced. After 18 hrs at RT, the crude is diluted with 10 ml of water, extracted with 3x7 ml of AcOEt. Organic phases are gathered, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under RP. 124 mg of a colourless oil are obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (Merck, C18, 5g, 25-40 pm, 18 ml/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 100:0 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 12.8 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-COOMe are obtained in the form of a colourless film.
Mass spectra (C) tR = 0.97 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 1099 ; [M-H]- : m/z 1097 ; 1H NMR (500 MHz, in Dom , chloroform-0.80 (s, 3 H); 1.21 (s, 3 H); 1.22 (s, 3 H); 1.24 to 1.35 (m, 7 H); 1.46 (td, J=6.4 and 10.2 Hz, 1 H); 1.57 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1 H); 1.64 (s, 3 H); 1.80 (ddd, J=4.9 and 11.5 and 14.6 Hz, 1 H); 1.92 (m, 1 H); 2.18 (dd, J=2.3 et 14.7 Hz, 1 H); 2.36 (ddd, J=4.8 and 11.4 and 16.2 Hz, 1 H); 2.52 (ddd, J=5.1 and 11.3 and 16.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.59 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H); 2.63 (m, 1 H); 2.86 (s, 3 H); 2.88 (m, 1 H); 2.98 (d, J=16.7 Hz, 1 H); 3.03 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 H); 3.15 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1 H); 3.23 (s, 3 H); 3.36 (s, 3 H); 3.42 (m, 2 H); 3.50 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 3.54 (m, 2 H); 3.63 (m, 13 H); 3.68 (s, 3 H); 3.75 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H); 3.99 (s, 3 H); 4.27 (t, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.78 (dd, J=2.2 et 12.1 Hz, 1 H); 5.42 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H); 5.66 (dd, J=9.1 and 15,4 Hz, 1 H); 6,21 (s, 1 H); 6,43 (dd, J=11.0 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.64 (s, 1 H); 6.74 (d, J=1 1,0 Hz, 1 H); 6.85 (s, 1 H); 7.05 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1 H).
10.2. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid methyl ester H
BrO Molecular Weight =400.27 IOI IOI Molecular Formula =C14H26BrNO7 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, 100 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid (CA(PEG)4, Pierce), 89 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester and 2 ml of DCM are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 1 hr at RT, 0.7 ml of MeOH and 0.38 ml of a 2 M trimethylsilydiazomethane solution in hexane are added. After 1 hr at RT, the crude reaction mixture is concentrated to dryness under RP, then diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (Merck, C18, 5g, 25-40 pm, 18 ml/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 100:0 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 58 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A) : tR = 0.75 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 400/402 Bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester could be prepared following published protocol (Biochemistry 1974, 481).
Example 11 : L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-COOMe 1) NaH, Mel 0 N,./-0-\/O_I O_\/O OH - OyN~/\O-\,O_/\O/\_ON_- /O., IIOII 2) MeOH, TSM-CHN2 I0 IOI
H. JQ~ dioxane ~ SV~i O O~ HN0 ..,-O-\,,O__~O_\_O0 0 BrCHzCONHS O ,/ I O
0 a DIPE, DMA
a ^' H Br- 7h O O - 7h 1 / a 0 0 N O
I
e 3 H
O OH
11.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-COOMe Oõ 1 0 O
` 2 01-1 O N
I / H Molecular Weight =1113.77 Molecular Formula =C53H81CIN4017S
e e H
,0 DH
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, in a glass vial, 30 mg of L-DM4, a solution of 20.8 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-amino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propion ic acid methyl ester in 0.3 ml of DMA, and 7.4 p1 of DIPEA are successfully introduced. After 18 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is diluted with 7 ml of AcOEt and washed twice with 5 ml of water. The organic phase is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under RP. 39 mg of a colourless glass are obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA/MeOH mixture and purified by chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (XTerra C18, 5 pm, 50x30 mm, 30m1/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 95:5 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under reduce pressure, 7.8 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-000Me are obtained in the form of a colourless solid.
Mass spectra (C) : tR= 1.00 min ; [M+H-H20]+ : m/z 1095 ; [M+Na+]+ : m/z 1135 ; [M-H+HCO2H]-: m/z 1157 ; [M-H]- : m/z 1 1 1 1 . 1H NMR (500 MHz, b in ppm , DMSO-d6) :
0.78 (s, 3 H) ; 1.12 (d, J=6.6Hz,3H); 1.16 (m,9H); 1.26 (m, 1 H); 1.40 to 1.51 (m,2H); 1.59(s,3H); 1.62 (m, 1 H);
1.87 (m, 1 H) ; 2.04 (m, 1 H) ; 2.28 (m, 1 H) ; 2.47 to 2.58 (m partially masked, 4 H) ; 2.73 (s, 3 H) ; 2.76 (s, 1 H) ; 2.80 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 H) ; 2.95 (s, 2 H) ; 3.10 (s, 3 H) ;
3.16 to 3.48 (m partially masked, 21 H) ; 3.25 (s, 3 H) ; 3.59 (s, 3 H) ; 3.63 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) ; 3.93 (s, 3 H) ; 4.08 (m, 1 H);
4.53 (dd, J=2.9 to 11.9 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.32 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.58 (dd, J=9.3 to 15.1 Hz, 1 H) ; 5.89 (s, 1 H); 6.49 to 6.58 (m, 2 H) ; 6.62 (m, 1 H); 6.84 (s, 1 H); 7.19 (s, 1 H).
11.2. Preparation of 3-{2-f2-(2-{2-I(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-aminol-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester N_,~O_.~O_,~O_,~O O\ Molecular Weight =414.30 B,/'*Y Molecular Formula =C15H28l3rNO7 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, 127 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester, 102.2 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester and 1.2 ml of DCM are successfully added. After 45 min, the crude is concentrated under RP and purified by flash-chromatography on 5 g of CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n.heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing iPrOH portion). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 122 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(2-bromo-acetyl)-methyl-amino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A),: tR = 0.84 min ;
[M+H]+ : m/z 414/416.
Bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester could be prepared following published protocol (Biochemistry 1974, 481).
11.3. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-f2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester H0 Molecular Weight =293.36 Molecular Formula =C13H27NO6 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, 271.7 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester are solubilised in 2 ml of hydrochloric acid 4N solution in dioxane. After 18 hrs, the crude reaction medium is concentrated under RP, solubilised in 4 ml of MeOH and passed through a 3g SCX
SPE column (conditioning with 10 ml MeOH, washing with 10 ml MeOH and elution with ammonia 2N in MeOH). After concentration of elution fraction under RP, 146 mg of colourless oil are obtained. This oil was dissolved in AcOEt, dried on MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under RP.
127 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-methylamino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained as a colourless oil. Mass spectra (A) : tR = 0.40 min ; [M+H]+ :
m/z 294.
11.4. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid methyl ester O~O^"O O Molecular Weight =393.48 N
-.-- -0- N. Molecular Formula =C18H35NO8 O O
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, a solution of 227 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid in 0.644 ml of DCM and 0.644 ml of MeOH is cooled down to about 0 C with a water-ice-sodium chloride.
0.449 ml of a 2 M solution of trimethylsilydiazomethane in hexane are added, and after 17 hrs at RT, a 0.5 M solution of acetic acid in MeOH is added in order to achieve a pH
between 5 and 6.
The crude is diluted with AcOEt (30 ml), washed with water (2x15 ml), with brine (15 ml), and the organic phase is dried on MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under RP. 209.7 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained as a colourless oil. Mass spectra (AI: tR = 1.18 min ; [M+H]+ :
m/z 294, 338, 394.
11.5. Preparation of 3-f2-(2-{2-f2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-propionic acid * N O O OH -0- Molecular Weight =379.45 YMolecular Formula =C17H33NO8 Under magnetic stirring, at RT, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, a solution of 330 mg of commercially available 3-(2-{2-[2-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylami no-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid in 4 ml of THE is cooled down to about 0 C with a water-ice-sodium chloride. 72.2 mg of NaH (70% in oil) are slowly added, and 25 min later 0.174 ml of Mel.
Cooling bath is removed, and after 3 hrs at RT, 120 mg of NaH and 0.2 ml of Mel are added.
After 1.5 hr at RT, a diluted aqueous solution of acetic acid is added in order to achieve a pH
between 5 and 6. The crude reaction mixture is diluted with AcOEt (30 ml), washed with water (2x20 ml), with brine (10 ml), and the organic phase is dried on MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under RP. 227 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid are obtained as a colourless oil. Mass spectra W: tR = 1.02 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 280, 380.
Example 12: L-DM4-AIlyl-PEG4-COOMe gr^%\ LOO TFA, CHzCIz S~LO O gr/~%\yO OH
0 _` I TMS-CHN2 O,~ 1 0 I DCM,MeOH
I 1 0 4 0 L-DM4 +
/O N ,.a DIPEA, DMA gr^~~y00"
I H _~ 4 O
= N' e e H
12.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-000Me s 0 0 \ 40 N
O O
Cl I O O 0 /0 N ,..s Molecular Weight =1068.73 H Molecular Formula =C52H78CIN3016S
N_~_10 H
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, in a glass vial, 36.7 mg of L-DM4, a solution of 20.8 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester in 0.37 ml of DMA, and finally 9.4 pl of DIPEA are successfully introduced. After 1.5 hrs at RT, and 18 hrs at -18 C, the reaction medium is purified by flash chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (Merck, C18, 5g, 25-40pm, 18 ml/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 100:0 to 5:95 by volume).
After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 18.2 mg of a white solid are obtained and purified by flash-chromatography on CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n.heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing AcOEt portion). 4.02 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-COOMe are obtained in the form of a white solid. Mass spectra (C) : tR = 1.09 min ; [M-H + HCOOH]- : m/z 1112; [M+Na]+ : m/z 1090. 1H NMR (500 MHz, in porn , chloroform-d) : 0.80 (s, 3 H); 1.18 to 1.26 (m, 7 H); 1,27 to 1.31 (m, 6 H);
1.40 a 1.50 (m, 1 H);
1.57 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 3 H); 1.64 (s, 3 H); 1.77 (ddd, J=4.8 and 11.7 and 14.5 Hz, 1 H); 1.91 (ddd, J=4.8 and 11.7 and 14.5 Hz, 1 H); 2.18 (dd, J=2.5 and 14.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.38 (m, 1 H); 2.57 (m, 4 H);
2.86 (s, 2 H); 2.89 (m, 1 H); 3.00 (m, 1 H); 3.04 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1 H); 3.11 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1 H); 3.23 (s, 3 H); 3.35 (s, 3 H); 3.50 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 3.55 (m, 2 H); 3.63 (m, 10 H); 3.69 (s, 3 H); 3.75 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H); 3.92 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.98 (s, 3 H); 4.27 (ddd, J=1.6 and 10.4 and 12.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.78 (dd, J=3.0 and 11.8 Hz, 1 H); 5,43 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H); 5.48 a 5,61 (m, 2 H); 5.67 (dd, J=9.2 and 15.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.42 (dd, J=11.3 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.65 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.77 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H); 6.82 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1 H).
12.2. Preparation of 3-(2-{2-f2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester Molecular Weight =369.26 Molecular Formula =C14H25BrO6 Under magnetic stirring, to a cooled solution (water-ice bath) of 50 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid in 1 ml of DCM and 0.25 ml of MeOH, 0.11 ml of a 2M trimethylsilydiazomethane solution in hexane are added. After removing the water-ice bath, the crude reaction mixture is stirred 1.5 hr at RT, neutralized with 2 drops of acetic acid and concentrated to dryness under RP. After azeotropic evaporation with toluene, 47 mg of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of an amber oil. Mass spectra (A) : tR = 1.12 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 369/371.
Preparation of 3-(2-{2-[2-(4-bromo-but-2-enyloxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionic acid has been described in example 4.
Example 13: L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-000Me L
CA(PEG)8 H2N ^.I O OH
S~ JR~ a LL
\ H OV ro- 1) TMSCHN2 N O DCM,MeOH
0 0 2) BrCH2CONHS
>\O)\ CH2CI2 O N wd DMA
H 2CO Br O H 0-1-yo-N O
e 2 H
13.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-COOMe O
S`" HOO\
N $
O O
Cl I 0 O O
/O N ,H
Molecular Weight =1275.96 O Molecular Formula =C60H95CIN4021S
S H
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, in a glass vial, 60 mg of L-DM4, 11.4 mg of potassium carbonate, and a solution of 75 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester in 0.7 ml of DMA are successfully introduced. After 22 hrs at RT, the reaction medium is diluted with 12 ml of water, extracted with 2x10 ml of AcOEt. Organic phases are gathered, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under RP. 50 mg of a colourless oil are obtained, which product is diluted with a minimum amount of DCM and purified by flash-chromatography on 5 g CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing iPrOH
portion). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under reduce pressure, the residue is diluted with a minimum amount of DMA and purified by flash chromatography on C18-grafted silica gel (Merck, C18, 5g, 25-40pm, 12 ml/min, gradient of elution water:acetonitrile 100:0 to 5:95 by volume). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 3.3 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-AcNH-PEG8-000Me are obtained in the form of a colourless film.
Mass spectra (C) : tR = 0.97 min ; [M-H]- + HCOOH: m/z 1319. 1H NMR (400 MHz, in ppm, chloroform-d) : 0.73 (s, 3 H); 1.10 to 1.19 (m, 7 H); 1.21 (s, 3 H); 1.23 (s, 3 H); 1.39 (td, J=6.1 and 10.1 Hz, 1 H); 1.50 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H); 1.57 (s, 3 H); 1.71 (m, 1 H); 1.85 (m, 1 H); 2.11 (dd, J=3.4 and 14.2 Hz, 1 H); 2.29 (ddd, J=5.1 and 11.1 and 16.0 Hz, 1 H); 2.45 (ddd, J=5.4 and 11.2 and 16.1 Hz, 1 H); 2.52 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3 H); 2.79 (s, 3 H); 2.82 (m, 1 H); 2.90 (m, 1 H); 2.96 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1 H); 3.07 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H); 3.15 (s, 3 H); 3.28 (s, 3 H); 3.35 (m, 2 H); 3.44 (m, 3 H); 3.56 (s, 29 H); 3.61 (s, 3 H); 3.68 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H); 3.91 (s, 3 H); 4.20 (t, J=12.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.70 (dd, J=3.2 and 12.0 Hz, 1 H); 5.35 (q, J=7,0 Hz, 1 H); 5.59 (dd, J=9.0 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.13 (s, 1 H);
6.35 (dd, J=11.0 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.57 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.67 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.78 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.96 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1 H).
13.2. Preparation of 3-{2-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-{2-f2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxyl-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester H
/^ ~' Br x Molecular Weight =576.48 IOI Molecular Formula =C22H42BrN011 IOI
Under magnetic stirring, under an inert atmosphere of Ar, at RT, 200 mg of 3-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-amino-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionic acid (CA(PEG)8, Pierce), 1.7 ml of DCM, 0.9 ml of MeOH, and 0.34 ml of a 2M
trimethylsilydiazomethane solution in hexane are successively introduced in a glass vial. After 30 min at RT, 0.1 ml of a 2M trimethylsilydiazomethane solution in hexane are added. After 25 min at RT, reaction mixture is neutralized by addition of a few drops of acetic acid, concentrated to dryness under RP, azeotroped with toluene. The so obtained colourless oil is diluted with a solution of 106.9 mg of bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester in 0.7 ml of DCM. After 30 min at RT and 16 hrs at 4 C, the crude is purified by flash-chromatography on 20 g CN-grafted silica gel (gradient of elution n.heptane/iPrOH/AcOEt with increasing iPrOH
portion). After concentration of fractions containing the expected compound under RP, 175 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-bromo-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid methyl ester are obtained in the form of a colourless oil. Mass spectra (B) :
tR = 2.79 min ; [M+H]+ : m/z 576/578.
Bromo-acetic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester could be prepared following published protocol (Biochemistry, 1974, 481).
Example 14:1 L-DM4-Mal-PEG4-COOMe s D
O N~/~O^/O~/~O^
qp 7)L-DM4 V.--^Y 0"
`.~ D EA O O O O
O IOI IOI 91'x//\ I ~ O O~
p 2) SiO, D
SM(PEG)4 DCM, MOOH
H
O
~
O
HH
14.1. Preparation of free-drug L-DM4-Mal-PEG4-COOMe O
S
H
\N
N\/~/N~/\O^/O\/\p^/O\/~/O\
O, I O 0 IIOII 0 Cl O O %' O N ,.`H Molecular Weight =1210.84 O Molecular Formula =C57H84CIN5019S
N' 11, O
H
/O OH
Under magnetic stirring, at RT, 160 mg of L-DM4, 115.8 mg of 3-{2-[2-(2-{2-[3-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl)-propionylamino]-ethoxy}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethoxy}-propionic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (commercially available, SM(PEG)4, Pierce), 0.6 ml of DMA, 55.1 mg of supported DIPEA (3.72 mmol/g), 0.3 ml of extra DMA and 6 pl of DIPEA are successively added.
After 1 hr at RT and 16 hrs at -20 C, the crude reaction mixture is filtered, washed with DCM, and purified by flash-chromatography on 20 g of silica gel (gradient of elution DCM:MeOH with increasing contribution of MeOH). After concentration of fractions containing the expected product under RP, 110 mg of a colourless film is obtained and purified on 10 g of silica gel (gradient of elution DCM:MeOH with increasing contribution of MeOH). After concentration of fractions containing the expected product under RP, 19.6 mg of the methyl ester L-DM4-Mal-PEG4-COOMe are obtained in the form of a colourless glass. Mass spectra (A) : tR =
1.31 / 1.32 min (2 diastereoisomers) ; [M-H]- : m/z 1208. 1H NMR (500 MHz, in ppm, chloroform-d) : 0.73 (s, 3 H);
1.22 (m, 13 H); 1.39 (m, 1 H); 1.52 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1 H); 1.57 (s, 3 H); 1.78 (m, 1 H); 1.99 (m, 1 H);
2.11 (ddd, J=1.8 and 1.9 et 14.1 Hz, 1 H); 2.24 (ddd, J=4.7 and 11.5 and 15.9 Hz, 1 H); 2.38 (m, 3 H); 2.46 (m, 1 H); 2.53 (m, 3 H); 2.69 (s, 1 H); 2.82 (s, 3 H); 2.94 (dd, J=4,7 and 9.6 Hz, 1 H);
3.08 (m, 3 H); 3.14 (s, 3 H); 3.29 (s, 3 H); 3.34 (q, J=5.3 Hz, 2 H); 3.43 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 3.48 (td, J=1.8 and 5.1 Hz, 2 H); 3.58 (s, 13 H); 3.67 (m, 7 H); 3.91 (s, 3 H); 4.22 (t, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.70 (m, 1 H); 5.29 (m, 1 H); 5.59 (m, 1 H); 6.30 (s large, 1 H); 6.35 (dd, J=11.0 and 15.4 Hz, 1 H);
6.61 (m, 2 H); 6.76 (s, 1 H).
Example 15: Inhibition of growth of MDA-MB-231 and HCT116 tumor cells Cells in exponential phase of growth were trypsinized and resuspended in their respective culture medium (DMEM/F12 Gibco #21331; 10% SVF Gibco # 10500-056; 2 nM Glutamine Gibco #
25030 for MDA-MB231& MDA-A1 cells; DMEM (Gibco # 11960) 10% SVF Gibco # 10500-056;
2nM Glutamine Gibco # 25030 for HCT116 cells). Cell suspension was distributed in 96-well Cytostar culture plates (GE Healthcare Europe, # RPNQ0163 ) in complete serum-containing media at a density of 5000 cells/well (MDA-MB231, HCT116). After coating for 4 hrs, serial dilutions were added to triplicate wells. Cells were cultured at 37 C/5% CO2 in the presence of the drug for 3 days. On the 4th day, 10 pl of a solution of 14C thymidine (0.1 pCi/well (Perkin Elmer # NEC56825000) was added to each well. The uptake of 14C thymidine was measured 96 hrs after the experiment has been started with a microbeta radioactive counter (Perkin Elmer).
Cell-free reagent blanks were substracted from the test well readings and the data were plotted as surviving fractions obtained by dividing readings of the conjugate-treated cells by the average of readings from control wells of vehicle-treated cells.
Table III : cellular inhibition proliferation (IC50 in nM) example free-drug MDA-MB231 HCT116 10 L-DM4-AcNH-PEG4-COOMe 15.3 13 11 L-DM4-AcNMe-PEG4-COOMe 28,3 18,5 12 L-DM4-Allyl-PEG4-COOMe 1,5 0,8 F 14 L-DM4-Mal-PEG4-COOMe 31,7 33,6 As is visible, the products tested in the form of esters -COOMe present a strong in vitro proliferation inhibition properties on two different cell lines.
Example 16 : in vivo evaluation of the conjugates of hu2H11 and hu2H11R35R74 For the evaluation of anti-tumor activity of conjugates, animals were weighed daily and tumors were measured 2 times weekly by caliper. Tumor weights were calculated using the formula mass (mg) = [length (mm) x width (mm)2]/2. Antitumor activity evaluation was done at the highest non toxic dose (HNTD).
A dosage producing a 20% body weight loss (bwl) at nadir (mean of group) or 10% or more drug deaths, was considered an excessively toxic dosage. Animal body weights included the tumor weights. The primary efficacy end points are. AT/AC, percent median regression, partial and complete regressions (PR and CR) and Tumor free survivors (TFS).
Changes in tumor volume for each treated (T) and control (C) are calculated for each tumor by subtracting the tumor volume on the day of first treatment (staging day) from the tumor volume on the specified observation day. The median AT is calculated for the treated group and the median AC is calculated for the control group. Then the ratio AT/AC is calculated and expressed as a percentage: % AT/AC = median(Tt - TO) X100 median( t - CO) The dose is considered as therapeutically active when AT/AC is lower than 40%
and very active when AT/AC is lower than 10%. If AT/AC is lower than 0, the dose is considered as highly active and the percentage of regression is dated (ref 1):
% tumor regression: is defined as the % of tumor volume decrease in the treated group at a specified observation day compared to its volume on the first day of first treatment. At a specific time point and for each animal, % regression is calculated. The median %
regression is then volumes0 - volumes x 100 calculated for the group: /o regression (at t) = volumeto Partial regression (PR): Regressions are defined as partial if the tumor volume decreases to 50%
of the tumor volume at the start of treatment.
Complete regression (CR): Complete regression is achieved when tumor volume =
0 mm3 (CR is considered when tumor volume cannot be recorded).
TFS: Tumor free is defined as the animals with undetectable tumors at the end of the study.
Comparison between hu2H11-conjugate and hu2H11R35R74-conjugate \ ~H^~O0NH Ab yy __LL 4 O. I O O
CI I Q hu2H 11-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 "O N
H
H
hu2H 11 -conjugate OH
NH Ab O ~ N LL H^yO 4 I I Q 1.2H11R35R74-PEG4-NHAc-DM4 .1O N
H
H~O
hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate = GH
The antitumor activities of hu2hl 1-conjugate and hu2hl 1 R35R74-conjugate were evaluated at 2 dose levels agains a measurable primary colon tumor, CR-LRB-004P, strongly expressing target, S.C. implanted in female SCID mice. Control group was left untreated. Doses were expressed in milligram of protein per kilogram. hu2h11R35R74-conjugate was administered at 40 and 10 mg/kg, by an intravenous (IV) bolus injection, on day 15. To give equivalent dose of DM4, the hu2hl 1-conjugate was administered at 44 and 11 mg/kg. Results are given in Table IV.
Using a single administration schedule in CR-LRB-004P tumor, hu2h11R35R74-conjugate was active at 40 and 10 mg/kg with a AT/AC of 28% and 39% respectively while hu2hl 1 -conjugate was active only at 40 mg/kg with a AT/AC of 26%. At 10 mg/kg, hu2hl 1-conjugate was not active in this model. From these results, hu2hl 1 R35R74-conjugate at lower dose exhibited a better activity than hu2hl 1-conjugate.
Conjugate optimization, selection of the optimal Drug Antibody Ratio DAR -Impact of the DAR on the anti-tumor activity of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate against prostatic adenocarcinoma PC-3 in SCID female mice The effect of the DAR on the antitumor activity of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate was evaluated comparing two low effective doses at six different Drug antibody ratios (DAR) on Prostatic PC-3 tumors S.C. implanted in female SCID. Control group was left untreated. Doses were expressed in milligram of protein per kilogram. DAR was determined by an UV method.
hu2H11R35R74-conjugate was administered at 10 and 5 mg/kg with DARs at 3.4, 4.4, 5.9, 6.2, 7.4 and 8.4, respectively, by an intravenous (IV) bolus injection, on day 16. Results are given in Table V.
=L
E
C
C
E
V
C
cc U U U U
< < C
cc 0) cc (c O 0) O O z O O
C
`1 w w w 00 O O O O
r Q' 0 0 0 0 0 o0 N
3 ~3 W m w w oo I
o 0 0 0 cc N
cc o 0) c U
R _ao NO N 01 (O (O
=~ 'O ~. V Cl) N r d F R aJ
V o N o N N LO
R O R >.'a N u E C R R N (O co I~
> 3 'O C 06 M In V
0 a Q Q R
O
R R (O (O (O o0 y R y O O O O
pvp-a cc 0 vc y Of O- O 6 V (O V
E
o E o. Ep 0 It c-y+ O' 3 >
d tU~ L
- to C d d Q O
0 O R Y E > E
~ d' p J '~ (O (O
V p E
W r 0) N M
m to Cm LO
E II .~ II p > CM
0 Z) O
a F
o = o L L
H Cn U) Q
O
m E
m V
w V
C
V
yr U) C
C) LfC a) N > > > > > > > >
Q E N . . . . . .
E N .U C) < < < < < < < <
U) 0 Q C t t t t t t t t O) O) O) O) O) O) O) O) +"~ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 U 00030"1'0003 Z O Z O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O
yr cc y~i W W W W W W W W W W W O
C) O co co co co co co co co co co CO O
o U0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o N o 0 O) co Co CO CO W W W W W CO CO 2 LJ_ a s O 0 LO LO N N (V I- N
Lr) c m o 0 > N N N co CO (fl N (D 0 (1) LO
= Q ' 6 N o t c U
N a o N
m 00 0N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = NH C uU V V V V V V V
O H 2a' _0 ( N
yr V .y N- E N N V I.f) (~') (~') v O O m (~') (fl (fl cc Q N (6 V V I.f) I.f) W I.f) (O (p (!1 O) 7 7 Q Q
L Q
O
W W W W W W W W W W W O O) E _ U) O O O O O O O O O O O
O O C
O N
N O- O
c3 cc O
(N6 y_) O N O N O N O N O N O N
U O
O O) .~ 'O
O U N m m m m m m m 3 t N
O M ~m O ) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0) 0 U) (~ a J J J J J J N
3 0 N J ) V > E > E > E > E > E > E
~'~ (fl (fl (fl (fl (fl (fl Q
W O
=~ It V' p) N V' U
> II II II II II II Q
~ N a~6i cc V
H cc (n Using a single administration schedule, hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate at 10 mg/kg showed an activity from a DAR of 4.4 to 8.4. At 5 mg/kg, hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate showed an activity from a DAR
of 5.9 to 4. In conclusion, the DAR has an effect on the tumor activity of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate. From these results on a specific tumor, the DAR(UV) should be above 4. The optimal DAR will be at least equal to 5.9.
Example 17 : evaluation of DAR on the PK parameters of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate The pharmacokinetic properties of hu2H11R35R74-conjugate at different drug-antibody ratio (DAR) were evaluated in male CD-1 mice after a single intravenous (IV) administration of 20 mg/kg of conjugate. Plasma levels of conjugates were measured to establish basic single dose pharmacokinetic parameters under standard conditions. PK parameters were compared to those of the naked parental antibody. The plasma concentrations of conjugates and their antibody component (total antibody, a sum of conjugated antibody and any de-conjugated antibody) were measured by specific ELISA techniques. Results are given on Fig.7.
Results showed a reverse correlation between the DAR values and the exposure to the total antibody components with AUCO-oo values of 83,000,000, 61,000,000, 48,000,000, 46,000,000, 41,000,000 and 27,000,000 ng = h/mL for DAR of 0, 3.4, 4.3, 5.9, 6.6 and 7.4, respectively.
Similarly there is a reverse correlation between the DAR values and the exposure to the conjugate with AUCO-oo values of 39,000,000, 30,000,000, 27,000,000, 29,000,000 and 20,000,000 ng = h/mL
for DAR of 3.4, 4.3, 5.9, 6.6 and 7.4, respectively.
There is a perfect correlation between the DAR values and the elimination of the antibody component with Cl values of 0.00024, 0.00033, 0.00042, 0.00043, 0.00049 and 0.00074 L/h/kg for DAR 0, 3.4, 4.3, 5.9, 6.6 and 7.4, respectively.
Similarly there is almost a perfect correlation between the DAR values and the elimination of the conjugate with Cl values of 0.00051, 0.00066, 0.00075, 0.00069, 0.00099 L/h/kg for DAR 3.4, 4.3, 5.9, 6.6 and 7.4, respectively.
In conclusion, the DAR has an impact on the PK parameters with a decreased exposure and an increased elimination when the DAR increases. According to results from efficacy and PK
evaluation, the optimal DAR will be included between 5.9 and 7.4.
Example 18 : evaluation of hu2H11R35R74 conjugate against prostatic adenocarcinoma PC-3 in SCID female mice The antitumor effect of antibody drug conjugate hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate having a DAR=5.9 was evaluated at 8 dose levels against measurable prostatic PC-3 tumor, strongly expressing target, S.C. implanted in female SCID mice. Control group was left untreated.
Doses were expressed in milligram of protein per kilogram. They were administered at 160, 120, 80, 40, 20, 10, 5 and 2.5 mg/kg, by an intravenous (IV) bolus injection, on day 17.
Results are given in Table VI.
Using a single administration schedule, the highest dose of conjugate tested (160 mg/kg) was found to be toxic, inducing body weight loss and drug-related deaths. At the HNTD (120 mg/kg) and other lowest doses, the compound was highly active. For all doses except for 2.5 mg/kg, hu2H 11 R35R74-conjugate induced partial regressions and for 120, 80 and 20 mg/kg, it induced complete regressions. In addition, the tumor model was cachexic, and the administration of the compound reduced the body weight loss at nadir in comparison with Control. In conclusion, hu2H11 R35R74-conjugate showed a high activity with a good dose-effect on Prostatic PC-3 tumor model.
a) co E
fC C`
Q
r-N Z O
O
U V
C
LU L
O O
N N
C II
0 N a) v m a a N L
C o O
N V I-N
M `- 4o m tea' v v O
a) CL
N
w 2 0 0 N
0 a)~E~~ m > '- (6 +~+ Q
Z O) O t U 7 N > v l!1 (O
LC ~~~ N O O
L .ice E
U) O- O O O
O) 0):J -O O O
O Y O g O
0 E.-W U
C C
0 O C Y O) p m > J
E E
Q O J N (O
fC 0 E
W
N (i O N
_ Q
H E
Claims (22)
1. Compound of formula (I) :
wherein :
.cndot. ALK is a (Cl-C6)alkylene group ;
.cndot. X, et X2 are each independently one of the following groups : -CH=CH-, -CO-, -CONR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCONR-, -NRCOO-, -NRCONR'-, -NR-, -S(O)n (n=0,1 or 2) or-O-;
.cndot. R and R' are independently H or a(Cl-C6)alkyl group ;
.cndot. i is an integer of from 1 to 40, preferably from 1 to 20, and more preferably from 1 to 10 ;
.cndot. j is an integer corresponding to 1 when X2 is -CH=CH- and 2 when X2 is not -CH=CH- ;
.cndot. Zb is a simple bond, -O- or -NH- and R b is H or a(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or (C3-C7)heterocycloalkyl group ; or Z b is a single bond and R b is Hal.
wherein :
.cndot. ALK is a (Cl-C6)alkylene group ;
.cndot. X, et X2 are each independently one of the following groups : -CH=CH-, -CO-, -CONR-, -NRCO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCONR-, -NRCOO-, -NRCONR'-, -NR-, -S(O)n (n=0,1 or 2) or-O-;
.cndot. R and R' are independently H or a(Cl-C6)alkyl group ;
.cndot. i is an integer of from 1 to 40, preferably from 1 to 20, and more preferably from 1 to 10 ;
.cndot. j is an integer corresponding to 1 when X2 is -CH=CH- and 2 when X2 is not -CH=CH- ;
.cndot. Zb is a simple bond, -O- or -NH- and R b is H or a(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or (C3-C7)heterocycloalkyl group ; or Z b is a single bond and R b is Hal.
2. Compound according to claim 1 wherein X2 is -CH=CH- or -CONR-, the CO group being linked to the -X1-ALK- group and R being H or a(C1-C6)alkyl group.
3. Compound according to claim 1 or 2 wherein -X1-ALK- is -S-CH2-.
4. Compound according to claims 1 to 3 wherein i is 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10.
5. Compound according to claims 1 to 4 of formula (II) :
6. Compound selected among the following ones :
7. Compound according to any of the preceding claims wherein -COZ b R b is -COOH, -COO(Cl-C6)alkyl, -COOMe, COOCH2CH=CH2, group wherein GI represent at least one inductive group -NO2, -Hal or -F
or
or
8. Compound according to any of the preceding claims in the form of a base or a salt or a solvate or an hydrate of said base or said salt.
9. Process of preparation of a conjugate comprising the steps of:
(i) bringing into contact an optionally-buffered aqueous solution of an antibody with a solution of a compound according to claims 1 to 8;
(ii) then optionally separating the conjugate which was formed in (i) from the unreacted reagents and any aggregate which may be present in the solution.
(i) bringing into contact an optionally-buffered aqueous solution of an antibody with a solution of a compound according to claims 1 to 8;
(ii) then optionally separating the conjugate which was formed in (i) from the unreacted reagents and any aggregate which may be present in the solution.
10. Process according to claim 9 wherein the temperature of the reaction usually varies from 20 to 40°C and/or the reaction time varies from 1 to 24 hours.
11. Process according to claims 9 to 10 wherein after step (i) or (ii), the conjugate-containing solution is submitted to an additional step (iii) of ultrafiltration and/or diafiltration.
12. Process according to claims 9 to 11 wherein the antibody is an antibody or an epitope-binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to an EphA2 receptor and comprises at least one heavy chain and at least one light chain, wherein said heavy chain comprises three sequential complementarity-determining regions having amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID NOS: 1, 2, and 3, and wherein said light chain comprises three sequential complementarity-determining regions having amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID NOS: 4, 5, and 6.
13. Process according to claim 12 wherein the antibody or the epitope-binding fragment is a humanized or resurfaced antibody or epitope-binding fragment thereof.
14. Process according to claim 12 wherein said heavy chain comprises an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 12, and wherein said light chain comprises an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 14.
15. Process according to claim 12 wherein said heavy chain consists in an amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 18, and wherein said light chain consists in an amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 16.
16. Conjugate obtainable with a process according to claims 9 to 15.
17. Conjugate according to claim 16 having an average DAR, measured with a UV
spectrophotometer, above 4, more particularly between 4 and 10, even more particularly between 4 and 7, the DAR being determined by the following equation DAR = C D
/ C A
with :
C D -[(.epsilon.A280 x A252) - (.epsilon.A252 X A280)] / [(.epsilon.D252 X
.epsilon.A280) - (.epsilon.A252 X .epsilon.D280)]
C A = [A280 -(C D X .epsilon.D280)]/ .epsilon.A280 .epsilon.D252 = 26,159 M-1 cm-1 .epsilon.D280 = 5,180 M-1 cm-1 .epsilon.A280 = 224,000 M-1 cm-1 .epsilon.A252 = 82,880 M-1 cm-1 A252 and A280 being the absorbances of the conjugate measured on the UV
spectrophotometer at respectively 252 and 280 nm
spectrophotometer, above 4, more particularly between 4 and 10, even more particularly between 4 and 7, the DAR being determined by the following equation DAR = C D
/ C A
with :
C D -[(.epsilon.A280 x A252) - (.epsilon.A252 X A280)] / [(.epsilon.D252 X
.epsilon.A280) - (.epsilon.A252 X .epsilon.D280)]
C A = [A280 -(C D X .epsilon.D280)]/ .epsilon.A280 .epsilon.D252 = 26,159 M-1 cm-1 .epsilon.D280 = 5,180 M-1 cm-1 .epsilon.A280 = 224,000 M-1 cm-1 .epsilon.A252 = 82,880 M-1 cm-1 A252 and A280 being the absorbances of the conjugate measured on the UV
spectrophotometer at respectively 252 and 280 nm
18. Conjugate according to claim 17 wherein the DAR is between 5 and 8, more particularly between 5.5 and 8, even more particularly between 5.9 and 7.5.
19. Aqueous solution comprising a conjugate according to claims 16 to 18.
20. Product according to claims 1 to 8 for use as an anticancer agent.
21. Conjugate according to claim 16 or 18 for use as an anticancer agent.
22. Use of a compound according to claims 1 to 8 to prepare a conjugate wherein the maytansinoid fragment of formula :
is covalently linked to an antibody.
is covalently linked to an antibody.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP09305939.2 | 2009-10-02 | ||
EP09305939 | 2009-10-02 | ||
PCT/IB2010/054417 WO2011039721A1 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2010-09-30 | New maytansinoids and the use of said maytansinoids to prepare conjugates with an antibody |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2774916A1 true CA2774916A1 (en) | 2011-04-07 |
Family
ID=41698152
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2774916A Abandoned CA2774916A1 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2010-09-30 | New maytansinoids and the use of said maytansinoids to prepare conjugates with an antibody |
Country Status (24)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20120276124A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2483279A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2013506653A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20120091166A (en) |
CN (1) | CN102741260A (en) |
AR (1) | AR078471A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2010302247A1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112012007305A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2774916A1 (en) |
CL (1) | CL2012000820A1 (en) |
CR (1) | CR20120147A (en) |
EA (1) | EA201270473A1 (en) |
EC (1) | ECSP12011756A (en) |
IL (1) | IL218740A0 (en) |
MA (1) | MA33702B1 (en) |
MX (1) | MX2012003998A (en) |
NI (1) | NI201200051A (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ599045A (en) |
PE (1) | PE20121534A1 (en) |
TN (1) | TN2012000115A1 (en) |
TW (1) | TW201117814A (en) |
UY (1) | UY32913A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2011039721A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA201202328B (en) |
Families Citing this family (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
FR2949469A1 (en) * | 2009-08-25 | 2011-03-04 | Sanofi Aventis | ANTICANCER DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION |
AR078470A1 (en) * | 2009-10-02 | 2011-11-09 | Sanofi Aventis | ANTIBODIES THAT SPECIFICALLY JOIN THE EPHA2 RECEIVER |
FR2963007B1 (en) | 2010-07-26 | 2013-04-05 | Sanofi Aventis | ANTICANCER DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION |
MY171008A (en) | 2011-03-29 | 2019-09-23 | Immunogen Inc | Preparation of maytansinoid antibody conjugates by a one-step process |
UA116524C2 (en) | 2011-03-29 | 2018-04-10 | Іммуноджен, Інк. | Preparation of maytansinoid antibody conjugates by a one-step process |
RU2661083C2 (en) | 2012-10-04 | 2018-07-11 | Иммуноджен, Инк. | Use of pvdf membrane to purify cell-binding agent - cytotoxic agent conjugates |
IN2015DN02349A (en) * | 2012-10-24 | 2015-08-28 | Polytherics Ltd | |
NO2789793T3 (en) * | 2012-10-24 | 2018-01-27 | ||
CN104650113A (en) * | 2012-12-21 | 2015-05-27 | 百奥泰生物科技(广州)有限公司 | Maytansine derivative as well as preparation method and application thereof |
US10570151B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-02-25 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biologically active molecules, conjugates thereof, and therapeutic uses |
US20160143914A1 (en) * | 2013-06-13 | 2016-05-26 | Emory University | Nanoparticles for Encapsulation and Delivery of Bioactive Compounds and Compositions Thereof |
WO2015031396A1 (en) | 2013-08-26 | 2015-03-05 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising macrolide diastereomers, methods of their synthesis and therapeutic uses |
CN103483357B (en) * | 2013-10-12 | 2015-11-18 | 齐鲁制药有限公司 | Intermediate new crystal of a kind of antibody-maytenin conjugate and preparation method thereof |
US9493413B2 (en) | 2013-11-27 | 2016-11-15 | Redwood Bioscience, Inc. | Hydrazinyl-pyrrolo compounds and methods for producing a conjugate |
US9562059B2 (en) * | 2013-12-02 | 2017-02-07 | Hong Kong Baptist University | Anticancer maytansinoids with two fused macrocyclic rings |
GB201416960D0 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2014-11-12 | Antikor Biopharma Ltd | Biological materials and uses thereof |
CA2966932A1 (en) | 2014-11-19 | 2016-05-26 | Immunogen, Inc. | Process for preparing cell-binding agent-cytotoxic agent conjugates |
CN106267225B (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2020-03-06 | 上海新理念生物医药科技有限公司 | Trimaleimide-type linker and use thereof |
CN106243127B (en) | 2015-06-09 | 2021-01-26 | 凯惠科技发展(上海)有限公司 | Antibody drug conjugate, intermediate, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application |
JP6638970B2 (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2020-02-05 | 株式会社 東北テクノアーチ | Method for producing hetero-type monodisperse polyethylene glycol and intermediate for producing hetero-type monodisperse polyethylene glycol |
BR112018014759B1 (en) | 2016-01-25 | 2024-02-27 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Maitasinoid-derived compounds and their conjugates, composition comprising the same, their methods of manufacture and use |
EP3411077A1 (en) | 2016-02-05 | 2018-12-12 | ImmunoGen, Inc. | Efficient process for preparing cell-binding agent-cytotoxic agent conjugates |
US10195283B2 (en) * | 2016-03-18 | 2019-02-05 | R.P. Scherer Technologies, Llc | Hydrazinyl-substituted heteroaryl compounds and methods for producing a conjugate |
CN107652219B (en) | 2017-08-14 | 2021-06-08 | 上海新理念生物医药科技有限公司 | Tetramaleimide-type linker and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3896111A (en) | 1973-02-20 | 1975-07-22 | Research Corp | Ansa macrolides |
US4151042A (en) | 1977-03-31 | 1979-04-24 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Method for producing maytansinol and its derivatives |
US4137230A (en) | 1977-11-14 | 1979-01-30 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Method for the production of maytansinoids |
JPS5562090A (en) | 1978-10-27 | 1980-05-10 | Takeda Chem Ind Ltd | Novel maytansinoid compound and its preparation |
US5208020A (en) | 1989-10-25 | 1993-05-04 | Immunogen Inc. | Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use |
CA2026147C (en) | 1989-10-25 | 2006-02-07 | Ravi J. Chari | Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use |
US6333410B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-12-25 | Immunogen, Inc. | Process for the preparation and purification of thiol-containing maytansinoids |
EP1258255A1 (en) * | 2001-05-18 | 2002-11-20 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Conjugates of an antibody to CD44 and a maytansinoid |
US6716821B2 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2004-04-06 | Immunogen Inc. | Cytotoxic agents bearing a reactive polyethylene glycol moiety, cytotoxic conjugates comprising polyethylene glycol linking groups, and methods of making and using the same |
AU2003285878B2 (en) | 2002-11-07 | 2011-04-28 | Immunogen, Inc. | Anti-CD33 antibodies and method for treatment of acute myeloid leukemia using the same |
EP1626711A4 (en) * | 2003-05-09 | 2010-10-06 | Univ Pennsylvania | Compositions and methods for treating cancer |
EP3851126A1 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2021-07-21 | ImmunoGen, Inc. | Maytansinoid-cell-binding agent conjugates |
WO2005009369A2 (en) | 2003-07-21 | 2005-02-03 | Immunogen, Inc. | A ca6 antigen-specific cytotoxic conjugate and methods of using the same |
EP1669358A1 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2006-06-14 | Aventis Pharma S.A. | Cytotoxic agents comprising new taxanes |
MX2007007590A (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2007-12-10 | Ambrx Inc | Compositions containing, methods involving, and uses of non-natural amino acids and polypeptides. |
AU2006280146B2 (en) | 2005-08-09 | 2012-06-28 | Immunogen, Inc. | Method of acylating maytansinol with chiral amino acids |
ES2533992T3 (en) * | 2005-08-24 | 2015-04-16 | Immunogen, Inc. | Procedure for preparing conjugates of maitansinoid antibody |
EP1832577A1 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2007-09-12 | Sanofi-Aventis | Improved prodrugs of CC-1065 analogs |
EP1864682A1 (en) | 2006-06-09 | 2007-12-12 | Sanofi-Aventis | Leptomycin derivatives |
KR101528939B1 (en) * | 2006-07-18 | 2015-06-15 | 사노피 | Antagonist antibody against epha2 for the treatment of cancer |
EP1914242A1 (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2008-04-23 | Sanofi-Aventis | Novel anti-CD38 antibodies for the treatment of cancer |
EP2185188B1 (en) | 2007-08-22 | 2014-08-06 | Medarex, L.L.C. | Site-specific attachment of drugs or other agents to engineered antibodies with c-terminal extensions |
EP2276506A4 (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2014-05-07 | Immunogen Inc | Potent conjugates and hydrophilic linkers |
AR078470A1 (en) * | 2009-10-02 | 2011-11-09 | Sanofi Aventis | ANTIBODIES THAT SPECIFICALLY JOIN THE EPHA2 RECEIVER |
-
2010
- 2010-09-29 AR ARP100103531A patent/AR078471A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2010-09-29 TW TW099133090A patent/TW201117814A/en unknown
- 2010-09-29 UY UY0001032913A patent/UY32913A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2010-09-30 KR KR1020127011167A patent/KR20120091166A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2010-09-30 EA EA201270473A patent/EA201270473A1/en unknown
- 2010-09-30 JP JP2012531540A patent/JP2013506653A/en active Pending
- 2010-09-30 CN CN2010800548853A patent/CN102741260A/en active Pending
- 2010-09-30 BR BR112012007305A patent/BR112012007305A2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2010-09-30 WO PCT/IB2010/054417 patent/WO2011039721A1/en active Application Filing
- 2010-09-30 EP EP10768578A patent/EP2483279A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2010-09-30 AU AU2010302247A patent/AU2010302247A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-09-30 MX MX2012003998A patent/MX2012003998A/en unknown
- 2010-09-30 NZ NZ599045A patent/NZ599045A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2010-09-30 CA CA2774916A patent/CA2774916A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-09-30 PE PE2012000428A patent/PE20121534A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2012
- 2012-03-14 TN TNP2012000115A patent/TN2012000115A1/en unknown
- 2012-03-19 IL IL218740A patent/IL218740A0/en unknown
- 2012-03-26 CR CR20120147A patent/CR20120147A/en unknown
- 2012-03-26 EC ECSP12011756 patent/ECSP12011756A/en unknown
- 2012-03-29 US US13/434,363 patent/US20120276124A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2012-03-30 NI NI201200051A patent/NI201200051A/en unknown
- 2012-03-30 ZA ZA2012/02328A patent/ZA201202328B/en unknown
- 2012-04-02 CL CL2012000820A patent/CL2012000820A1/en unknown
- 2012-04-27 MA MA34818A patent/MA33702B1/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP2483279A1 (en) | 2012-08-08 |
UY32913A (en) | 2011-04-29 |
BR112012007305A2 (en) | 2016-12-06 |
US20120276124A1 (en) | 2012-11-01 |
WO2011039721A1 (en) | 2011-04-07 |
KR20120091166A (en) | 2012-08-17 |
AR078471A1 (en) | 2011-11-09 |
NI201200051A (en) | 2012-08-09 |
TW201117814A (en) | 2011-06-01 |
TN2012000115A1 (en) | 2013-09-19 |
EA201270473A1 (en) | 2013-02-28 |
NZ599045A (en) | 2013-09-27 |
CL2012000820A1 (en) | 2012-08-31 |
PE20121534A1 (en) | 2012-12-03 |
MA33702B1 (en) | 2012-10-01 |
MX2012003998A (en) | 2012-04-20 |
CN102741260A (en) | 2012-10-17 |
ECSP12011756A (en) | 2012-07-31 |
IL218740A0 (en) | 2012-06-28 |
ZA201202328B (en) | 2014-06-25 |
JP2013506653A (en) | 2013-02-28 |
AU2010302247A1 (en) | 2012-04-26 |
CR20120147A (en) | 2012-06-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2774916A1 (en) | New maytansinoids and the use of said maytansinoids to prepare conjugates with an antibody | |
JP5889189B2 (en) | Pyrrolo [1,4] benzodiazepine dimer conjugates as anticancer agents | |
JP5746692B2 (en) | Novel conjugates, their preparation and their therapeutic use | |
JP5814366B2 (en) | Anticancer derivatives, their preparation and therapeutic use | |
AU2010302250B2 (en) | Antibodies that specifically bind to the EphA2 receptor | |
ES2690067T3 (en) | Anti-PSMA-Pirrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugates | |
ES2660029T3 (en) | Antibody-pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates | |
ES2670937T3 (en) | Antibody-pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates | |
ES2680153T3 (en) | Anti-PSMA-pyrrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugates | |
WO2017165851A1 (en) | Process for the preparation of pegylated drug-linkers and intermediates thereof | |
JP2020512312A (en) | Process for the preparation of glucuronide drug-linker and its intermediates | |
JP2023528412A (en) | Anti-BCMA antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use | |
ES2955886T3 (en) | Method and molecules | |
KR20230004453A (en) | Camptothecin derivatives and conjugates thereof | |
WO2023208216A1 (en) | Antibody-drug conjugates and preparation methods and use thereof | |
WO2024078586A1 (en) | Antibody-drug conjugate binding to human ptk7 and method for preparation and use thereof | |
JP2022523854A (en) | Antibodies-drug conjugates and their uses | |
CN111556870A (en) | Improved process for the synthesis of linker-drug VC-SECO-DUBA |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20150930 |